TI1 MSP430FR5948IRHAR Mixed-signal microcontroller Datasheet

Product
Folder
Sample &
Buy
Technical
Documents
Tools &
Software
Support &
Community
Reference
Design
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
MSP430FR59xx Mixed-Signal Microcontrollers
1 Device Overview
1.1
Features
1
• Embedded Microcontroller
– 16-Bit RISC Architecture up to 16‑MHz Clock
– Wide Supply Voltage Range
(1.8 V to 3.6 V) (1)
• Optimized Ultra-Low-Power Modes
– Active Mode: Approximately 100 µA/MHz
– Standby (LPM3 With VLO): 0.4 µA (Typical)
– Real-Time Clock (LPM3.5): 0.25 µA (Typical) (2)
– Shutdown (LPM4.5): 0.02 µA (Typical)
• Ultra-Low-Power Ferroelectric RAM (FRAM)
– Up to 64KB of Nonvolatile Memory
– Ultra-Low-Power Writes
– Fast Write at 125 ns Per Word (64KB in 4 ms)
– Unified Memory = Program + Data + Storage in
One Single Space
– 1015 Write Cycle Endurance
– Radiation Resistant and Nonmagnetic
• Intelligent Digital Peripherals
– 32-Bit Hardware Multiplier (MPY)
– Three-Channel Internal DMA
– Real-Time Clock (RTC) With Calendar and
Alarm Functions
– Five 16-Bit Timers With up to Seven
Capture/Compare Registers Each
– 16-Bit Cyclic Redundancy Checker (CRC)
• High-Performance Analog
– 16-Channel Analog Comparator
– 12-Bit Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
With Internal Reference and Sample-and-Hold
and up to 16 External Input Channels
• Multifunction Input/Output Ports
– All Pins Support Capacitive Touch Capability
With No Need for External Components
– Accessible Bit-, Byte-, and Word-Wise (in Pairs)
(1)
(2)
•
•
•
•
•
Minimum supply voltage is restricted by SVS levels.
RTC is clocked by a 3.7-pF crystal.
1.2
•
•
•
•
– Edge-Selectable Wake From LPM on All Ports
– Programmable Pullup and Pulldown on All Ports
Code Security and Encryption
– 128-Bit or 256-Bit AES Security Encryption and
Decryption Coprocessor
– Random Number Seed for Random Number
Generation Algorithms
Enhanced Serial Communication
– eUSCI_A0 and eUSCI_A1 Support
• UART With Automatic Baud-Rate Detection
• IrDA Encode and Decode
• SPI at Rates up to 10 Mbps
– eUSCI_B0 Supports
• I2C With Multiple Slave Addressing
• SPI at Rates up to 8 Mbps
– Hardware UART and I2C Bootstrap Loader
(BSL)
Flexible Clock System
– Fixed-Frequency DCO With 10 Selectable
Factory-Trimmed Frequencies
– Low-Power Low-Frequency Internal Clock
Source (VLO)
– 32-kHz Crystals (LFXT)
– High-Frequency Crystals (HFXT)
Development Tools and Software
– Free Professional Development Environments
With EnergyTrace++™ Technology
– Development Kit (MSP-TS430RGZ48C)
Family Members
– Section 3 Summarizes the Available Device
Variants and Package Types
For Complete Module Descriptions, See the
MSP430FR58xx, MSP430FR59xx,
MSP430FR68xx, and MSP430FR69xx Family
User's Guide (SLAU367)
Applications
Metering
Energy Harvested Sensor Nodes
Wearable Electronics
•
•
Sensor Management
Data Logging
1
An IMPORTANT NOTICE at the end of this data sheet addresses availability, warranty, changes, use in safety-critical applications,
intellectual property matters and other important disclaimers. PRODUCTION DATA.
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
1.3
www.ti.com
Description
The MSP430™ ultra-low-power (ULP) FRAM platform combines uniquely embedded FRAM and a holistic
ultra-low-power system architecture, allowing innovators to increase performance at lowered energy
budgets. FRAM technology combines the speed, flexibility, and endurance of SRAM with the stability and
reliability of flash at much lower power.
The MSP430 ULP FRAM portfolio consists of a diverse set of devices featuring FRAM, the ULP 16-bit
MSP430 CPU, and intelligent peripherals targeted for various applications. The ULP architecture
showcases seven low-power modes, optimized to achieve extended battery life in energy-challenged
applications.
Device Information (1)
PART NUMBER
MSP430FR5969RGZ
BODY SIZE (2)
VQFN (48)
7 mm × 7 mm
MSP430FR5959RHA
VQFN (40)
6 mm × 6 mm
MSP430FR5959DA
TSSOP (38)
12.5 mm × 6.2 mm
(1)
(2)
2
PACKAGE
For the most current part, package, and ordering information for all available devices, see the Package
Option Addendum in Section 9, or see the TI web site at www.ti.com.
The sizes shown here are approximations. For the package dimensions with tolerances, see the
Mechanical Data in Section 9.
Device Overview
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
1.4
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Functional Block Diagram
Figure 1-1 shows the functional block diagram of the devices.
LFXIN,
HFXIN
LFXOUT,
HFXOUT
P1.x, P2.x
P3.x, P4.x
2x8
2x8
PJ.x
1x8
Capacitive Touch IO 0/1
ADC12_B
MCLK
Clock
System
ACLK
SMCLK
Comp_E
(up to 16
inputs)
DMA
Controller
3 Channel
Bus
Control
Logic
MAB
REF_A
(up to 16
standard
inputs,
up to 8
differential
inputs)
Voltage
Reference
I/O Ports
P1, P2
2x8 I/Os
I/O Ports
P3, P4
2x8 I/Os
PA
1x16 I/Os
PB
1x16 I/Os
I/O Port
PJ
1x8 I/Os
MAB
MDB
CPUXV2
incl. 16
Registers
MPU
IP Encap
MDB
EEM
(S: 3 + 1)
FRAM
RAM
64KB
48KB
32KB
2KB
1KB
LDO
SVS
Brownout
TA2
TA3
AES256
Power
Mgmt
CRC16
MPY32
Security
Encryption,
Decryption
(128, 256)
Watchdog
Timer_A
2 CC
Registers
(int. only)
EnergyTrace++
MDB
JTAG
Interface
MAB
Spy-Bi-Wire
TB0
TA0
TA1
Timer_B
7 CC
Registers
(int, ext)
Timer_A
3 CC
Registers
(int, ext)
Timer_A
3 CC
Registers
(int, ext)
eUSCI_A0
eUSCI_A1
(UART,
IrDA,
SPI)
eUSCI_B0
(I2C,
SPI)
RTC_B
RTC_A
LPM3.5 Domain
A.
B.
The low-frequency (LF) crystal oscillator and the corresponding LFXIN and LFXOUT pins are available only in
MSP430FR5x6x and MSP430FR5x4x devices.
RTC_B is available only in conjunction with the LF crystal oscillator in MSP430FR5x6x and MSP430FR5x4x devices.
The high-frequency (HF) crystal oscillator and the corresponding HFXIN and HFXOUT pins are available only in
MSP430FR5x6x and MSP430FR5x5x devices.
MSP430FR5x5x devices with the HF crystal oscillator only do not include the RTC_B module.
Figure 1-1. Functional Block Diagram
Device Overview
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
3
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table of Contents
1
Device Overview ......................................... 1
5.11
Thermal Packaging Characteristics
Functional Block Diagram ............................ 3
5.12
Timing and Switching Characteristics ............... 24
5.13
Emulation and Debug ............................... 49
Applications ........................................... 1
1.3
Revision History ......................................... 5
Device Comparison ..................................... 6
Terminal Configuration and Functions .............. 7
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
Signal Descriptions .................................. 12
4.7
Pin Multiplexing
4.8
Connection of Unused Pins ......................... 16
.....................................
5.1
Absolute Maximum Ratings ......................... 17
5.2
ESD Ratings
........................................
17
5.3
5.4
Recommended Operating Conditions ...............
Active Mode Supply Current Into VCC Excluding
External Current ....................................
Typical Characteristics - Active Mode Supply
Currents .............................................
Low-Power Mode (LPM0, LPM1) Supply Currents
Into VCC Excluding External Current ................
Low-Power Mode (LPM2, LPM3, LPM4) Supply
Currents (Into VCC) Excluding External Current ....
Low-Power Mode (LPM3.5, LPM4.5) Supply
Currents (Into VCC) Excluding External Current ....
Typical Characteristics, Low-Power Mode Supply
17
5.7
5.8
5.9
Table of Contents
6.9
Memory Protection Unit Including IP Encapsulation 57
50
CPU
50
6.6
6.7
8
19
19
20
9
21
6.8
............................................
.................................................
Operating Modes ....................................
Interrupt Vector Table and Signatures ..............
Memory Organization ...............................
Bootstrap Loader (BSL) .............................
JTAG Operation .....................................
FRAM Memory ......................................
Overview
6.2
6.5
18
23
6.1
6.4
7
................
Detailed Description ................................... 50
6.3
16
Specifications ........................................... 17
5.6
6
Pin Diagram – RGZ Package – MSP430FR596x
and MSP430FR596x1 ................................ 7
Pin Diagram – RHA Package – MSP430FR594x
and MSP430FR594x1 (LFXT Only) ................. 8
Pin Diagram – DA Package – MSP430FR594x
(LFXT Only) .......................................... 9
Pin Diagram – RHA Package – MSP430FR595x
(HFXT Only) ........................................ 10
Pin Diagram – DA Package – MSP430FR595x
(HFXT Only) ........................................ 11
4.6
5.5
4
Description ............................................ 2
1.2
4.1
5
Currents ............................................. 22
Typical Characteristics, Current Consumption per
Module .............................................. 23
Features .............................................. 1
1.4
2
3
4
5.10
1.1
51
52
55
55
56
57
.......................................... 58
........................... 78
6.12 Device Descriptors (TLV) .......................... 105
6.13 Identification........................................ 107
Applications, Implementation, and Layout ...... 108
7.1
Device Connection and Layout Fundamentals .... 108
6.10
Peripherals
6.11
Input/Output Schematics
7.2
Peripheral- and Interface-Specific Design
Information ......................................... 111
Device and Documentation Support .............. 113
8.1
Device Support..................................... 113
8.2
Documentation Support ............................ 116
8.3
Trademarks ........................................ 117
8.4
Electrostatic Discharge Caution
8.5
Export Control Notice .............................. 117
8.6
Glossary............................................ 117
...................
117
Mechanical, Packaging, and Orderable
Information ............................................. 117
9.1
Packaging Information ............................. 117
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
2 Revision History
NOTE: Page numbers for previous revisions may differ from page numbers in the current version.
Changes from August 26, 2014 to March 9, 2015
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Page
Moved Tstg to Section 5.1 and removed Handling Ratings table .............................................................. 17
Added Section 5.2, ESD Ratings.................................................................................................. 17
Added notes to Figure 5-1 ......................................................................................................... 19
Changed ILPM3,XT12 parameter from "includes SVS" to "excludes SVS" ...................................................... 20
Changed note from "Low-power mode 3, 12-pF crystal, includes SVS" to "...excludes SVS", and changed listed
test conditions to exclude SVS .................................................................................................... 20
Added tBUF parameter to Table 5-21, eUSCI (I2C Mode)....................................................................... 41
Moved "FRAM access time error" interrupt source and "ACCTEIFG" interrupt flag from "System NMI" to "System
Reset" row ............................................................................................................................ 53
Changed "CBPD.x" to "CEPDx" in P1.0 to P1.2 schematic ................................................................... 79
Switched P1SEL0.x and P1SEL1.x in P1.0 to P1.2 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers .................. 79
Added notes that start "NOTE: Do not use this pin as..." ...................................................................... 80
Throughout document, changed "CEPD.x" to "CEPDx" to be consistent with user's guide ............................... 80
Changed "CBPD.x" to "CEPDx" in P1.3 to P1.5 schematic ................................................................... 81
Switched P1SEL0.x and P1SEL1.x in P1.3 to P1.5 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers .................. 81
Switched P1SEL0.x and P1SEL1.x in P1.7 and P1.7 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers................ 83
Switched P2SEL0.x and P2SEL1.x in P2.0 to P2.2 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers .................. 84
Added note that starts "NOTE: Do not use this pin as..." ...................................................................... 84
Changed "CBPD.x" to "CEPDx" in P2.3 and P2.4 schematic ................................................................. 85
Switched P2SEL0.x and P2SEL1.x in P2.3 and P2.4 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers................ 85
Switched P2SEL0.x and P2SEL1.x in P2.5 and P2.6 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers................ 87
Switched P2SEL0.x and P2SEL1.x in P2.7 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers ........................... 88
Changed "CBPD.x" to "CEPDx" in P3.0 to P3.3 schematic ................................................................... 89
Switched P3SEL0.x and P3SEL1.x in P3.0 to P3.3 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers .................. 89
Switched P3SEL0.x and P3SEL1.x in P3.4 to P3.7 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers .................. 91
Switched P4SEL0.x and P4SEL1.x in P4.0 to P4.3 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers .................. 93
Switched P4SEL0.x and P4SEL1.x in P4.4 to P4.7 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers .................. 95
Switched PJSEL0.4 and PJSEL1.4 in PJ.4 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers ........................... 97
Switched PJSEL0.5 and PJSEL1.5 in PJ.5 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers ........................... 98
Switched PJSEL0.6 and PJSEL1.6 in PJ.6 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers .......................... 100
Switched PJSEL0.7 and PJSEL1.7 in PJ.7 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers .......................... 101
Changed "CBPD.x" to "CEPDx" in J.0 to J.3 schematic ...................................................................... 103
Switched PJSEL0.x and PJSEL1.x in J.0 to J.3 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers .................... 103
Added note that starts "NOTE: Do not use this pin as..." .................................................................... 104
Added "using the CryptGenRandom() function from Microsoft®" to note that starts "128-Bit Random Number..." ... 107
Changed Figure 8-1: In "Feature Set" row, corrected descriptions of options 4 and 5 in "Second Digit". Removed
reel dimensions. Added note. .................................................................................................... 115
Revision History
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
5
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
3 Device Comparison
Table 3-1 summarizes the available family members.
Table 3-1. Device Comparison (1) (2)
FRAM SRAM Clock
(KB)
(KB) System
Device
Comp_
E
Timer_
A (3)
Timer_
B (4)
A (5)
B (6)
AES
BSL
I/O
Package
Type
MSP430FR5969
64
2
DCO
HFXT
LFXT
16 ext,
2 int ch.
16 ch.
3, 3 (7)
2, 2 (8)
7
2
1
yes
UART
40
48 RGZ
MSP430FR59691
64
2
DCO
HFXT
LFXT
16 ext,
2 int ch.
16 ch.
3, 3 (7)
2, 2 (8)
7
2
1
yes
I2C
40
48 RGZ
MSP430FR5968
48
2
DCO
HFXT
LFXT
16 ext,
2 int ch.
16 ch.
3, 3 (7)
2, 2 (8)
7
2
1
yes
UART
40
48 RGZ
MSP430FR5967
32
1
DCO
HFXT
LFXT
16 ext,
2 int ch.
16 ch.
3, 3 (7)
2, 2 (8)
7
2
1
yes
UART
40
48 RGZ
40 RHA
16 ch.
3, 3 (7)
2, 2 (8)
33
2
DCO
LFXT
7
2
1
yes
UART
31
38 DA
3, 3 (7)
2, 2 (8)
33
40 RHA
7
31
38 DA
3, 3 (7)
2, 2 (8)
33
40 RHA
7
31
38 DA
16 ch.
3, 3 (7)
2, 2 (8)
7
2
1
yes
I2C
33
40 RHA
3, 3 (7)
2, 2 (8)
33
40 RHA
16 ch.
7
2
1
yes
UART
31
38 DA
3, 3 (7)
2, 2 (8)
33
40 RHA
7
31
38 DA
3, 3 (7)
2, 2 (8)
33
40 RHA
7
31
38 DA
MSP430FR5949
MSP430FR5948
MSP430FR5947
64
48
32
2
1
DCO
LFXT
DCO
LFXT
MSP430FR59471
32
1
DCO
LFXT
MSP430FR5959
64
2
DCO
HFXT
MSP430FR5958
MSP430FR5957
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
6
eUSCI
ADC12_
B
48
32
2
1
DCO
HFXT
DCO
HFXT
14 ext,
2 int ch.
12 ext,
2 int ch.
14 ext,
2 int ch.
12 ext,
2 int ch.
14 ext,
2 int ch.
12 ext,
2 int ch.
14 ext,
2 int ch.
14 ext,
2 int ch.
12 ext,
2 int ch.
14 ext,
2 int ch.
12 ext,
2 int ch.
14 ext,
2 int ch.
12 ext,
2 int ch.
16 ch.
16 ch.
16 ch.
16 ch.
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
yes
yes
yes
yes
UART
UART
UART
UART
For the most current package and ordering information, see the Package Option Addendum at the end of this document, or see the TI
web site at www.ti.com.
Package drawings, standard packing quantities, thermal data, symbolization, and PCB design guidelines are available at
www.ti.com/packaging.
Each number in the sequence represents an instantiation of Timer_A with its associated number of capture/compare registers and PWM
output generators available. For example, a number sequence of 3, 5 would represent two instantiations of Timer_A, the first
instantiation having 3 capture/compare registers and PWM output generators and the second instantiation having 5 capture/compare
registers and PWM output generators, respectively.
Each number in the sequence represents an instantiation of Timer_B with its associated number of capture/compare registers and PWM
output generators available. For example, a number sequence of 3, 5 would represent two instantiations of Timer_B, the first
instantiation having 3 capture/compare registers and PWM output generators and the second instantiation having 5 capture/compare
registers and PWM output generators, respectively.
eUSCI_A supports UART with automatic Baud-rate detection, IrDA encode and decode, and SPI.
eUSCI_B supports I2C with multiple slave addresses, and SPI.
Timers TA0 and TA1 provide internal and external capture/compare inputs and internal and external PWM outputs.
Timers TA2 and TA3 provide only internal capture/compare inputs and only internal PWM outputs (if any).
Device Comparison
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
4 Terminal Configuration and Functions
4.1
Pin Diagram – RGZ Package – MSP430FR596x and MSP430FR596x1
DVCC
P2.7
P2.3/TA0.0/UCA1STE/A6/C10
P2.4/TA1.0/UCA1CLK/A7/C11
AVSS
PJ.6/HFXIN
PJ.7/HFXOUT
AVSS
PJ.4/LFXIN
PJ.5/LFXOUT
AVSS
AVCC
Figure 4-1 shows the 48-pin RGZ package.
48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37
P1.0/TA0.1/DMAE0/RTCCLK/A0/C0/VREF-/VeREF-
1
36
DVSS
P1.1/TA0.2/TA1CLK/COUT/A1/C1/VREF+/VeREF+
2
35
P4.6
P1.2/TA1.1/TA0CLK/COUT/A2/C2
3
34
P4.5
P3.0/A12/C12
4
33
P4.4/TB0.5
P3.1/A13/C13
5
32
P1.7/TB0.4/UCB0SOMI/UCB0SCL/TA1.0
P3.2/A14/C14
6
31
P1.6/TB0.3/UCB0SIMO/UCB0SDA/TA0.0
P3.3/A15/C15
7
30
P3.7/TB0.6
P4.7
8
29
P3.6/TB0.5
P1.3/TA1.2/UCB0STE/A3/C3
9
28
P3.5/TB0.4/COUT
P1.4/TB0.1/UCA0STE/A4/C4
10
27
P3.4/TB0.3/SMCLK
P1.5/TB0.2/UCA0CLK/A5/C5
11
26
P2.2/TB0.2/UCB0CLK
P2.1/TB0.0/UCA0RXD/UCA0SOMI/TB0.0
P2.0/TB0.6/UCA0TXD/UCA0SIMO/TB0CLK/ACLK
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
TEST/SBWTCK
P2.6/TB0.1/UCA1RXD/UCA1SOMI
P2.5/TB0.0/UCA1TXD/UCA1SIMO
P4.3/A11
P4.1/A9
P4.2/A10
P4.0/A8
PJ.3/TCK/SRCPUOFF/C9
PJ.2/TMS/ACLK/SROSCOFF/C8
12
25
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK/MCLK/SRSCG0/C7
PJ.0/TDO/TB0OUTH/SMCLK/SRSCG1/C6
NOTE: QFN package pad connection to VSS recommended.
On devices with UART BSL: P2.0: BSLTX; P2.1: BSLRX
On devices with I2C BSL: P1.6: BSLSDA; P1.7: BSLSCL
Figure 4-1. 48-Pin RGZ Package (Top View) – MSP430FR596x and MSP430FR596x1
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
7
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
4.2
www.ti.com
Pin Diagram – RHA Package – MSP430FR594x and MSP430FR594x1 (LFXT Only)
DVSS
DVCC
P2.7
P2.3/TA0.0/UCA1STE/A6/C10
P2.4/TA1.0/UCA1CLK/A7/C11
AVSS
PJ.4/LFXIN
PJ.5/LFXOUT
AVSS
AVCC
Figure 4-2 shows the 40-pin RHA package.
40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
4
27
P3.7/TB0.6
P3.1/A13/C13
5
26
P3.6/TB0.5
P3.2/A14/C14
6
25
P3.5/TB0.4/COUT
P3.3/A15/C15
7
24
P3.4/TB0.3/SMCLK
P1.3/TA1.2/UCB0STE/A3/C3
8
23
P2.2/TB0.2/UCB0CLK
P1.4/TB0.1/UCA0STE/A4/C4
9
22
P2.1/TB0.0/UCA0RXD/UCA0SOMI/TB0.0
P1.5/TB0.2/UCA0CLK/A5/C5
10
21
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
P2.0/TB0.6/UCA0TXD/UCA0SIMO/TB0CLK/ACLK
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
TEST/SBWTCK
P1.6/TB0.3/UCB0SIMO/UCB0SDA/TA0.0
P3.0/A12/C12
P2.6/TB0.1/UCA1RXD/UCA1SOMI
28
P2.5/TB0.0/UCA1TXD/UCA1SIMO
3
P4.1/A9
P1.7/TB0.4/UCB0SOMI/UCB0SCL/TA1.0
P1.2/TA1.1/TA0CLK/COUT/A2/C2
P4.0/A8
29
PJ.3/TCK/SRCPUOFF/C9
P4.4/TB0.5
2
PJ.2/TMS/ACLK/SROSCOFF/C8
30
P1.1/TA0.2/TA1CLK/COUT/A1/C1/VREF+/VeREF+
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK/MCLK/SRSCG0/C7
1
PJ.0/TDO/TB0OUTH/SMCLK/SRSCG1/C6
P1.0/TA0.1/DMAE0/RTCCLK/A0/C0/VREF-/VeREF-
NOTE: QFN package pad connection to VSS recommended.
On devices with UART BSL: P2.0: BSLTX; P2.1: BSLRX
On devices with I2C BSL: P1.6: BSLSDA; P1.7: BSLSCL
Figure 4-2. 40-Pin RHA Package (Top View) – MSP430FR594x and MSP430FR594x1
8
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
4.3
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Pin Diagram – DA Package – MSP430FR594x (LFXT Only)
Figure 4-3 shows the 38-pin DA package.
PJ.4/LFXIN
1
38
AVSS
PJ.5/LFXOUT
2
37
P2.4/TA1.0/UCA1CLK/A7/C11
AVSS
3
36
P2.3/TA0.0/UCA1STE/A6/C10
AVCC
4
35
P2.7
P1.0/TA0.1/DMAE0/RTCCLK/A0/C0/VREF-/VeREF-
5
34
DVCC
P1.1/TA0.2/TA1CLK/COUT/A1/C1/VREF+/VeREF+
6
33
DVSS
P1.2/TA1.1/TA0CLK/COUT/A2/C2
7
32
P4.4/TB0.5
P3.0/A12/C12
8
31
P1.7/TB0.4/UCB0SOMI/UCB0SCL/TA1.0
P3.1/A13/C13
9
30
P1.6/TB0.3/UCB0SIMO/UCB0SDA/TA0.0
P3.2/A14/C14
10
29
P3.7/TB0.6
P3.3/A15/C15
11
28
P3.6/TB0.5
P1.3/TA1.2/UCB0STE/A3/C3
12
27
P3.5/TB0.4/COUT
P1.4/TB0.1/UCA0STE/A4/C4
13
26
P3.4/TB0.3/SMCLK
P1.5/TB0.2/UCA0CLK/A5/C5
14
25
P2.2/TB0.2/UCB0CLK
PJ.0/TDO/TB0OUTH/SMCLK/SRSCG1/C6
15
24
P2.1/TB0.0/UCA0RXD/UCA0SOMI/TB0.0
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK/MCLK/SRSCG0/C7
16
23
P2.0/TB0.6/UCA0TXD/UCA0SIMO/TB0CLK/ACLK
PJ.2/TMS/ACLK/SROSCOFF/C8
17
22
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
PJ.3/TCK/SRCPUOFF/C9
18
21
TEST/SBWTCK
P2.5/TB0.0/UCA1TXD/UCA1SIMO
19
20
P2.6/TB0.1/UCA1RXD/UCA1SOMI
On devices with UART BSL: P2.0: BSLTX; P2.1: BSLRX
Figure 4-3. 38-Pin DA Package (Top View) – MSP430FR594x
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
9
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
4.4
www.ti.com
Pin Diagram – RHA Package – MSP430FR595x (HFXT Only)
DVSS
DVCC
P2.7
P2.3/TA0.0/UCA1STE/A6/C10
P2.4/TA1.0/UCA1CLK/A7/C11
AVSS
PJ.6/HFXIN
PJ.7/HFXOUT
AVSS
AVCC
Figure 4-4 shows the 40-pin RHA package.
40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
4
27
P3.7/TB0.6
P3.1/A13/C13
5
26
P3.6/TB0.5
P3.2/A14/C14
6
25
P3.5/TB0.4/COUT
P3.3/A15/C15
7
24
P3.4/TB0.3/SMCLK
P1.3/TA1.2/UCB0STE/A3/C3
8
23
P2.2/TB0.2/UCB0CLK
P1.4/TB0.1/UCA0STE/A4/C4
9
22
P2.1/TB0.0/UCA0RXD/UCA0SOMI/TB0.0
P1.5/TB0.2/UCA0CLK/A5/C5
10
21
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
P2.0/TB0.6/UCA0TXD/UCA0SIMO/TB0CLK/ACLK
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
TEST/SBWTCK
P1.6/TB0.3/UCB0SIMO/UCB0SDA/TA0.0
P3.0/A12/C12
P2.5/TB0.0/UCA1TXD/UCA1SIMO
28
P2.6/TB0.1/UCA1RXD/UCA1SOMI
3
P4.1/A9
P1.7/TB0.4/UCB0SOMI/UCB0SCL/TA1.0
P1.2/TA1.1/TA0CLK/COUT/A2/C2
P4.0/A8
29
PJ.3/TCK/SRCPUOFF/C9
P4.4/TB0.5
2
PJ.2/TMS/ACLK/SROSCOFF/C8
30
P1.1/TA0.2/TA1CLK/COUT/A1/C1/VREF+/VeREF+
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK/MCLK/SRSCG0/C7
1
PJ.0/TDO/TB0OUTH/SMCLK/SRSCG1/C6
P1.0/TA0.1/DMAE0/A0/C0/VREF-/VeREF-
NOTE: QFN package pad connection to VSS recommended.
On devices with UART BSL: P2.0: BSLTX; P2.1: BSLRX
Figure 4-4. 40-Pin RHA Package (Top View) – MSP430FR595x
10
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
4.5
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Pin Diagram – DA Package – MSP430FR595x (HFXT Only)
Figure 4-5 shows the 38-pin DA package.
PJ.6/HFXIN
1
38
AVSS
PJ.7/HFXOUT
2
37
P2.4/TA1.0/UCA1CLK/A7/C11
AVSS
3
36
P2.3/TA0.0/UCA1STE/A6/C10
AVCC
4
35
P2.7
P1.0/TA0.1/DMAE0/A0/C0/VREF-/VeREF-
5
34
DVCC
P1.1/TA0.2/TA1CLK/COUT/A1/C1/VREF+/VeREF+
6
33
DVSS
P1.2/TA1.1/TA0CLK/COUT/A2/C2
7
32
P4.4/TB0.5
P3.0/A12/C12
8
31
P1.7/TB0.4/UCB0SOMI/UCB0SCL/TA1.0
P3.1/A13/C13
9
30
P1.6/TB0.3/UCB0SIMO/UCB0SDA/TA0.0
P3.2/A14/C14
10
29
P3.7/TB0.6
P3.3/A15/C15
11
28
P3.6/TB0.5
P1.3/TA1.2/UCB0STE/A3/C3
12
27
P3.5/TB0.4/COUT
P1.4/TB0.1/UCA0STE/A4/C4
13
26
P3.4/TB0.3/SMCLK
P1.5/TB0.2/UCA0CLK/A5/C5
14
25
P2.2/TB0.2/UCB0CLK
PJ.0/TDO/TB0OUTH/SMCLK/SRSCG1/C6
15
24
P2.1/TB0.0/UCA0RXD/UCA0SOMI/TB0.0
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK/MCLK/SRSCG0/C7
16
23
P2.0/TB0.6/UCA0TXD/UCA0SIMO/TB0CLK/ACLK
PJ.2/TMS/ACLK/SROSCOFF/C8
17
22
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
PJ.3/TCK/SRCPUOFF/C9
18
21
TEST/SBWTCK
P2.5/TB0.0/UCA1TXD/UCA1SIMO
19
20
P2.6/TB0.1/UCA1RXD/UCA1SOMI
On devices with UART BSL: P2.0: BSLTX; P2.1: BSLRX
Figure 4-5. 38-Pin DA Package (Top View) – MSP430FR595x
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
11
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
4.6
www.ti.com
Signal Descriptions
Table 4-1 describes the signals for all device variants and package options.
Table 4-1. Signal Descriptions
TERMINAL
NAME
NO. (2)
RGZ
RHA
I/O (1)
DESCRIPTION
DA
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
TA0 CCR1 capture: CCI1A input, compare: Out1
External DMA trigger
P1.0/TA0.1/DMAE0/
RTCCLK/A0/C0/VREF-/
VeREF-
1
1
5
I/O
RTC clock calibration output (not available on MSP430FR5x5x devices)
Analog input A0 – ADC
Comparator input C0
Output of negative reference voltage
Input for an external negative reference voltage to the ADC
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
TA0 CCR2 capture: CCI2A input, compare: Out2
TA1 input clock
P1.1/TA0.2/TA1CLK/
COUT/A1/C1/VREF+/
VeREF+
2
2
6
I/O
Comparator output
Analog input A1 – ADC
Comparator input C1
Output of positive reference voltage
Input for an external positive reference voltage to the ADC
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
TA1 CCR1 capture: CCI1A input, compare: Out1
P1.2/TA1.1/TA0CLK/
COUT/A2/C2
3
3
7
I/O
TA0 input clock
Comparator output
Analog input A2 – ADC
Comparator input C2
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
P3.0/A12/C12
4
4
8
I/O
Analog input A12 – ADC
Comparator input C12
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
P3.1/A13/C13
5
5
9
I/O
Analog input A13 – ADC
Comparator input C13
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
P3.2/A14/C14
6
6
10
I/O
Analog input A14 – ADC
Comparator input C14
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
P3.3/A15/C15
7
7
11
I/O
P4.7
8
N/A
N/A
I/O
Analog input A15 – ADC
Comparator input C15
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
TA1 CCR2 capture: CCI2A input, compare: Out2
P1.3/TA1.2/UCB0STE/
A3/C3
9
8
12
I/O
Slave transmit enable – eUSCI_B0 SPI mode
Analog input A3 – ADC
Comparator input C3
(1)
(2)
12
I = input, O = output
N/A = not available
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 4-1. Signal Descriptions (continued)
TERMINAL
NAME
NO. (2)
RGZ
RHA
I/O (1)
DESCRIPTION
DA
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
TB0 CCR1 capture: CCI1A input, compare: Out1
P1.4/TB0.1/UCA0STE/
A4/C4
10
9
13
I/O
Slave transmit enable – eUSCI_A0 SPI mode
Analog input A4 – ADC
Comparator input C4
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
TB0 CCR2 capture: CCI2A input, compare: Out2
P1.5/TB0.2/UCA0CLK/
A5/C5
11
10
14
I/O
Clock signal input – eUSCI_A0 SPI slave mode,
Clock signal output – eUSCI_A0 SPI master mode
Analog input A5 – ADC
Comparator input C5
General-purpose digital I/O
Test data output port
PJ.0/TDO/TB0OUTH/
SMCLK/SRSCG1/C6
12
11
15
I/O
Switch all PWM outputs high impedance input – TB0
SMCLK output
Low-Power Debug: CPU Status Register Bit SCG1
Comparator input C6
General-purpose digital I/O
Test data input or test clock input
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK/MCLK/
SRSCG0/C7
13
12
16
I/O
MCLK output
Low-Power Debug: CPU Status Register Bit SCG0
Comparator input C7
General-purpose digital I/O
Test mode select
PJ.2/TMS/ACLK/
SROSCOFF/C8
14
13
17
I/O
ACLK output
Low-Power Debug: CPU Status Register Bit OSCOFF
Comparator input C8
General-purpose digital I/O
PJ.3/TCK/
SRCPUOFF/C9
15
14
18
I/O
Test clock
Low-Power Debug: CPU Status Register Bit CPUOFF
Comparator input C9
P4.0/A8
16
15
N/A
I/O
P4.1/A9
17
16
N/A
I/O
P4.2/A10
18
N/A
N/A
I/O
P4.3/A11
19
N/A
N/A
I/O
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
Analog input A8 – ADC
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
Analog input A9 – ADC
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
Analog input A10 – ADC
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
Analog input A11 – ADC
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
P2.5/TB0.0/UCA1TXD/
UCA1SIMO
20
17
19
I/O
TB0 CCR0 capture: CCI0B input, compare: Out0
Transmit data – eUSCI_A1 UART mode
Slave in, master out – eUSCI_A1 SPI mode
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
13
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 4-1. Signal Descriptions (continued)
TERMINAL
NAME
NO. (2)
RGZ
RHA
I/O (1)
DESCRIPTION
DA
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
P2.6/TB0.1/UCA1RXD/
UCA1SOMI
21
18
20
I/O
TB0 CCR1 compare: Out1
Receive data – eUSCI_A1 UART mode
Slave out, master in – eUSCI_A1 SPI mode
TEST/SBWTCK
22
19
21
I
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
23
20
22
I/O
Test mode pin – select digital I/O on JTAG pins
Spy-Bi-Wire input clock
Reset input active low
Nonmaskable interrupt input
Spy-Bi-Wire data input/output
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
TB0 CCR6 capture: CCI6B input, compare: Out6
P2.0/TB0.6/UCA0TXD/
UCA0SIMO/TB0CLK/
ACLK
Transmit data – eUSCI_A0 UART mode
24
21
23
I/O
BSL Transmit (UART BSL)
Slave in, master out – eUSCI_A0 SPI mode
TB0 clock input
ACLK output
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
TB0 CCR0 capture: CCI0A input, compare: Out0
P2.1/TB0.0/UCA0RXD/
UCA0SOMI/TB0.0
25
22
24
I/O
Receive data – eUSCI_A0 UART mode
BSL receive (UART BSL)
Slave out, master in – eUSCI_A0 SPI mode
TB0 CCR0 capture: CCI0A input, compare: Out0
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
P2.2/TB0.2/UCB0CLK
26
23
25
I/O
TB0 CCR2 compare: Out2
Clock signal input – eUSCI_B0 SPI slave mode
Clock signal output – eUSCI_B0 SPI master mode
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
P3.4/TB0.3/SMCLK
27
24
26
I/O
TB0 CCR3 capture: CCI3A input, compare: Out3
SMCLK output
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
P3.5/TB0.4/COUT
28
25
27
I/O
TB0 CCR4 capture: CCI4A input, compare: Out4
Comparator output
P3.6/TB0.5
29
26
28
I/O
P3.7/TB0.6
30
27
29
I/O
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
TB0 CCR5 capture: CCI5A input, compare: Out5
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
TB0 CCR6 capture: CCI6A input, compare: Out6
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
TB0 CCR3 capture: CCI3B input, compare: Out3
P1.6/TB0.3/UCB0SIMO/
UCB0SDA/TA0.0
31
28
30
I/O
Slave in, master out – eUSCI_B0 SPI mode
I2C data – eUSCI_B0 I2C mode
BSL Data (I2C BSL)
TA0 CCR0 capture: CCI0A input, compare: Out0
14
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 4-1. Signal Descriptions (continued)
TERMINAL
NAME
NO. (2)
RGZ
RHA
I/O (1)
DESCRIPTION
DA
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
TB0 CCR4 capture: CCI4B input, compare: Out4
P1.7/TB0.4/UCB0SOMI/
UCB0SCL/TA1.0
32
29
31
I/O
Slave out, master in – eUSCI_B0 SPI mode
I2C clock – eUSCI_B0 I2C mode
BSL clock (I2C BSL)
TA1 CCR0 capture: CCI0A input, compare: Out0
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
P4.4/TB0.5
33
30
32
I/O
P4.5
34
N/A
N/A
I/O
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
P4.6
35
N/A
N/A
I/O
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
DVSS
36
31
33
Digital ground supply
DVCC
37
32
34
Digital power supply
P2.7
38
33
35
I/O
TB0CCR5 capture: CCI5B input, compare: Out5
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
TA0 CCR0 capture: CCI0B input, compare: Out0
P2.3/TA0.0/UCA1STE/
A6/C10
39
34
36
I/O
Slave transmit enable – eUSCI_A1 SPI mode
Analog input A6 – ADC
Comparator input C10
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wakeup from LPMx.5
TA1 CCR0 capture: CCI0B input, compare: Out0
P2.4/TA1.0/UCA1CLK/
A7/C11
40
35
37
I/O
Clock signal input – eUSCI_A1 SPI slave mode
Clock signal output – eUSCI_A1 SPI master mode
Analog input A7 – ADC
Comparator input C11
AVSS
41
36
38
Analog ground supply
PJ.6/HFXIN
42
37
1
I/O
PJ.7/HFXOUT
43
38
2
I/O
AVSS
44
N/A
N/A
PJ.4/LFXIN
45
37
1
I/O
PJ.5/LFXOUT
46
38
2
I/O
AVSS
47
39
3
Analog ground supply
Analog power supply
General-purpose digital I/O
Input for high-frequency crystal oscillator HFXT (in RHA and DA: MSP430FR595x
devices only)
General-purpose digital I/O
Output for high-frequency crystal oscillator HFXT (in RHA and DA:
MSP430FR595x devices only)
Analog ground supply
General-purpose digital I/O
Input for low-frequency crystal oscillator LFXT (in RHA and DA: MSP430FR594x
devices only)
General-purpose digital I/O
AVCC
QFN Pad
48
40
4
Pad
Pad
N/A
Output of low-frequency crystal oscillator LFXT (in RHA and DA: MSP430FR594x
devices only)
QFN package exposed thermal pad. Connection to VSS is recommended.
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
15
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
4.7
www.ti.com
Pin Multiplexing
Pin multiplexing for these devices is controlled by both register settings and operating modes (for
example, if the device is in test mode). For details of the settings for each pin and schematics of the
multiplexed ports, see Section 6.11.
4.8
Connection of Unused Pins
The correct termination of all unused pins is listed in Table 4-2.
Table 4-2. Connection of Unused Pins (1)
PIN
POTENTIAL
AVCC
DVCC
AVSS
DVSS
Px.0 to Px.7
Open
Switched to port function, output direction (PxDIR.n = 1)
RST/NMI
DVCC or VCC
47-kΩ pullup or internal pullup selected with 10-nF (2.2 nF (2)) pulldown
PJ.0/TDO
PJ.1/TDI
PJ.2/TMS
PJ.3/TCK
Open
The JTAG pins are shared with general-purpose I/O function (PJ.x). If not
being used, these should be switched to port function, output direction.
When used as JTAG pins, these pins should remain open.
TEST
Open
This pin always has an internal pulldown enabled.
(1)
(2)
16
COMMENT
Any unused pin with a secondary function that is shared with general-purpose I/O should follow the
Px.0 to Px.7 unused pin connection guidelines.
The pulldown capacitor should not exceed 2.2 nF when using devices with Spy-Bi-Wire interface in
Spy-Bi-Wire mode or in 4-wire JTAG mode with TI tools like FET interfaces or GANG programmers.
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
5 Specifications
Absolute Maximum Ratings (1)
5.1
over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)
Voltage applied at DVCC and AVCC pins to VSS
Voltage difference between DVCC and AVCC pins
Voltage applied to any pin
MIN
MAX
–0.3
4.1
V
±0.3
V
–0.3
VCC + 0.3 V
(4.1 Max)
V
(2)
(3)
Diode current at any device pin
Storage temperature, Tstg
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(4)
–40
UNIT
±2
mA
125
°C
Stresses beyond those listed under Absolute Maximum Ratings may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings
only, and functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those indicated under Recommended Operating
Conditions is not implied. Exposure to absolute-maximum-rated conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability.
Voltage differences between DVCC and AVCC exceeding the specified limits may cause malfunction of the device including erroneous
writes to RAM and FRAM.
All voltages referenced to VSS.
Higher temperature may be applied during board soldering according to the current JEDEC J-STD-020 specification with peak reflow
temperatures not higher than classified on the device label on the shipping boxes or reels.
5.2
ESD Ratings
VALUE
V(ESD)
(1)
(2)
Electrostatic discharge
Human-body model (HBM), per ANSI/ESDA/JEDEC JS-001
(1)
UNIT
±1000
Charged-device model (CDM), per JEDEC specification JESD22-C101 (2)
V
±250
JEDEC document JEP155 states that 500-V HBM allows safe manufacturing with a standard ESD control process. Pins listed as
±1000 V may actually have higher performance.
JEDEC document JEP157 states that 250-V CDM allows safe manufacturing with a standard ESD control process. Pins listed as ±250 V
may actually have higher performance.
5.3
Recommended Operating Conditions
Typical data are based on VCC = 3.0 V, TA = 25°C unless otherwise noted.
MIN
VCC
Supply voltage range applied at all DVCC and AVCC
pins (1) (2) (3)
VSS
Supply voltage applied at all DVSS and AVSS pins
TA
Operating free-air temperature
TJ
Operating junction temperature
CDVCC
fSYSTEM
Capacitor value at DVCC
fACLK
Maximum ACLK frequency
fSMCLK
Maximum SMCLK frequency
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
1.8 (4)
MAX
UNIT
3.6
V
-40
85
°C
-40
85
°C
0
(5)
Processor frequency (maximum MCLK frequency) (6)
NOM
V
1-20%
µF
No FRAM wait states
(NWAITSx = 0)
0
8
With FRAM wait states
(NWAITSx = 1) (8)
0
16 (9)
(7)
MHz
50
kHz
16 (9)
MHz
It is recommended to power AVCC and DVCC pins from the same source. At a minimum, during power up, power down, and device
operation, the voltage difference between AVCC and DVCC must not exceed the limits specified in Absolute Maximum Ratings.
Exceeding the specified limits may cause malfunction of the device including erroneous writes to RAM and FRAM.
See Table 5-1 for additional important information.
Modules may have a different supply voltage range specification. Refer to the specification of the respective module in this data sheet.
The minimum supply voltage is defined by the supervisor SVS levels. See Table 5-2 for the exact values.
Connect a low-ESR capacitor with at least the value specified and a maximum tolerance of 20% as close as possible to the DVCC pin.
Modules may have a different maximum input clock specification. Refer to the specification of the respective module in this data sheet.
DCO settings and HF crystals with a typical value less or equal the specified MAX value are permitted.
Wait states only occur on actual FRAM accesses; that is, on FRAM cache misses. RAM and peripheral accesses are always executed
without wait states.
DCO settings and HF crystals with a typical value less or equal the specified MAX value are permitted. If a clock sources with a larger
typical value is used, the clock must be divided in the clock system.
Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
17
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
5.4
www.ti.com
Active Mode Supply Current Into VCC Excluding External Current
over recommended operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (1)
(2)
FREQUENCY (fMCLK = fSMCLK)
PARAMETER
EXECUTION
MEMORY
VCC
1 MHz
0 wait states
(NWAITSx = 0)
TYP
IAM, FRAM_UNI
(Unified memory) (3)
(4) (5)
MAX
4 MHz
0 wait states
(NWAITSx = 0)
TYP
MAX
8 MHz
0 wait states
(NWAITSx = 0)
TYP
MAX
12 MHz
1 wait states
(NWAITSx = 1)
TYP
MAX
16 MHz
1 wait states
(NWAITSx = 1)
TYP
UNIT
MAX
FRAM
3.0 V
210
640
1220
1475
1845
µA
FRAM
0% cache hit
ratio
3.0 V
370
1280
2510
2080
2650
µA
IAM,
FRAM(0%)
IAM,
FRAM(50%)
(4) (5)
FRAM
50% cache hit
ratio
3.0 V
240
745
1440
1575
1990
µA
IAM,
FRAM(66%)
(4) (5)
FRAM
66% cache hit
ratio
3.0 V
200
560
1070
1300
1620
µA
IAM,
FRAM(75%)
(4) (5)
FRAM
75% cache hit
ratio
3.0 V
170
480
890
IAM,
FRAM(100%
FRAM
100% cache hit
ratio
3.0 V
110
235
420
640
730
IAM,
RAM
RAM
3.0 V
130
320
585
890
1070
RAM
3.0 V
100
290
555
860
1040
(6)
IAM, RAM only
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
18
(4) (5)
(7) (5)
255
180
1085
1155
1310
1420
1620
µA
µA
µA
1300
µA
All inputs are tied to 0 V or to VCC. Outputs do not source or sink any current.
Characterized with program executing typical data processing.
fACLK = 32768 Hz, fMCLK = fSMCLK = fDCO at specified frequency, except for 12 MHz. For 12 MHz, fDCO= 24 MHz and
fMCLK = fSMCLK = fDCO/2.
At MCLK frequencies above 8 MHz, the FRAM requires wait states. When wait states are required, the effective MCLK frequency
(fMCLK,eff) decreases. The effective MCLK frequency also depends on the cache hit ratio. SMCLK is not affected by the number of wait
states or the cache hit ratio.
The following equation can be used to compute fMCLK,eff:
fMCLK,eff = fMCLK / [wait states × (1 - cache hit ratio) + 1]
For example, with 1 wait state and 75% cache hit ratio fMCKL,eff = fMCLK / [1 × (1 - 0.75) + 1] = fMCLK / 1.25.
Represents typical program execution. Program and data reside entirely in FRAM. All execution is from FRAM.
Program resides in FRAM. Data resides in SRAM. Average current dissipation varies with cache hit-to-miss ratio as specified. Cache hit
ratio represents number cache accesses divided by the total number of FRAM accesses. For example, a 75% ratio implies three of
every four accesses is from cache, and the remaining are FRAM accesses.
See Figure 5-1 for typical curves. Each characteristic equation shown in the graph is computed using the least squares method for best
linear fit using the typical data shown in Section 5.4.
Program and data reside entirely in RAM. All execution is from RAM.
Program and data reside entirely in RAM. All execution is from RAM. FRAM is off.
Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
5.5
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Typical Characteristics - Active Mode Supply Currents
3000
I(AM,0%)
I(AM,50%)
2500
I(AM,66%)
Active Mode Current [µA]
I(AM,75%)
2000
I(AM,100%)
I(AM,75%)[uA] = 103*f[MHz] + 68
I(AM,RAMonly)
1500
1000
500
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
MCLK Frequency [MHz]
C001
I(AM, cache hit ratio): Program resides in FRAM. Data resides in SRAM. Average current dissipation varies with
cache hit-to-miss ratio as specified. Cache hit ratio represents number cache accesses divided by the total number of
FRAM accesses. For example, a 75% ratio implies three of every four accesses is from cache, and the remaining are
FRAM accesses.
I(AM, RAMonly): Program and data reside entirely in RAM. All execution is from RAM. FRAM is off.
Figure 5-1. Typical Active Mode Supply Currents vs MCLK frequency, No Wait States
5.6
Low-Power Mode (LPM0, LPM1) Supply Currents Into VCC Excluding External Current
over recommended operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (1)
(2)
FREQUENCY (fSMCLK)
PARAMETER
VCC
1 MHz
TYP
ILPM0
ILPM1
(1)
(2)
2.2 V
70
3.0 V
80
2.2 V
35
3.0 V
35
4 MHz
8 MHz
TYP
MAX
TYP
16 MHz
TYP
95
150
250
215
115
105
160
260
225
60
115
215
180
60
115
215
180
60
MAX
12 MHz
MAX
MAX
TYP
UNIT
MAX
260
205
µA
µA
All inputs are tied to 0 V or to VCC. Outputs do not source or sink any current.
Current for watchdog timer clocked by SMCLK included.
fACLK = 32768 Hz, fMCLK = 0 MHz, fSMCLK = fDCO at specified frequency - except for 12 MHz: here fDCO=24MHz and fSMCLK = fDCO/2.
Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
19
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
5.7
www.ti.com
Low-Power Mode (LPM2, LPM3, LPM4) Supply Currents (Into VCC) Excluding External
Current
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
VCC
-40 °C
TYP
MAX
25 °C
TYP
ILPM2,XT12
Low-power mode 2, 12-pF
crystal (2) (3) (4)
2.2 V
0.5
0.9
3.0 V
0.5
0.9
ILPM2,XT3.7
Low-power mode 2, 3.7-pF
cyrstal (2) (5) (4)
2.2 V
0.5
3.0 V
0.5
ILPM2,VLO
Low-power mode 2, VLO,
includes SVS (6)
2.2 V
0.3
0.7
3.0 V
0.3
0.7
Low-power mode 3, 12-pF
crystal, excludes SVS (2) (3)
2.2 V
0.5
0.6
ILPM3,XT12
(7)
3.0 V
0.5
0.6
Low-power mode 3, 3.7-pF
cyrstal, excludes SVS (2) (5)
2.2 V
0.4
3.0 V
ILPM3,XT3.7
(8)
(also refer to Figure 5-2)
(1)
60 °C
MAX
TYP
MAX
85°C
TYP
2.2
6.1
2.2
6.1
0.9
2.2
6.0
0.9
2.2
6.0
1.9
5.8
1.9
5.8
0.9
1.85
0.9
1.85
0.5
0.8
1.7
0.4
0.5
0.8
1.7
0.7
1.6
0.7
1.6
0.8
1.7
0.8
1.7
0.6
1.5
0.6
1.5
ILPM3,VLO
Low-power mode 3,
VLO, excludes SVS (9)
2.2 V
0.3
0.4
3.0 V
0.3
0.4
Low-power mode 4, includes
SVS (10)
(also refer to Figure 5-3)
2.2 V
0.4
0.5
ILPM4,SVS
3.0 V
0.4
0.5
ILPM4
Low-power mode 4,
excludes SVS (11)
2.2 V
0.2
0.3
3.0 V
0.2
0.3
1.8
1.6
0.9
0.7
0.8
0.6
MAX
17
UNIT
μA
μA
16.7
4.9
μA
μA
μA
4.7
4.8
4.6
μA
μA
μA
(1)
(2)
(3)
All inputs are tied to 0 V or to VCC. Outputs do not source or sink any current.
Not applicable for devices with HF crystal oscillator only.
Characterized with a Micro Crystal MS1V-T1K crystal with a load capacitance of 12.5 pF. The internal and external load capacitance are
chosen to closely match the required 12.5-pF load.
(4) Low-power mode 2, crystal oscillator test conditions:
Current for watchdog timer clocked by ACLK and RTC clocked by XT1 are included. Current for brownout and SVS are included.
CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 0 SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 0 (LPM2),
fXT1 = 32768 Hz, fACLK = fXT1, fMCLK = fSMCLK = 0 MHz
(5) Characterized with a SSP-T7-FL (SMD) crystal with a load capacitance of 3.7 pF. The internal and external load capacitance are chosen
to closely match the required 3.7-pF load.
(6) Low-power mode 2, VLO test conditions:
Current for watchdog timer clocked by ACLK is included. RTC disabled (RTCHOLD = 1). Current for brownout and SVS are included.
CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 0 SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 0 (LPM2),
fXT1 = 0 Hz, fACLK = fVLO, fMCLK = fSMCLK = 0 MHz
(7) Low-power mode 3, 12-pF crystal, excludes SVS test conditions:
Current for watchdog timer clocked by ACLK and RTC clocked by XT1 are included. Current for brownout is included. SVS disabled
(SVSHE = 0).
CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 1 SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 0 (LPM3),
fXT1 = 32768 Hz, fACLK = fXT1, fMCLK = fSMCLK = 0 MHz
(8) Low-power mode 3, 3.7-pF crystal, excludes SVS test conditions:
Current for watchdog timer clocked by ACLK and RTC clocked by XT1 are included. Current for brownout is included. SVS disabled
(SVSHE = 0).
CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 1 SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 0 (LPM3),
fXT1 = 32768 Hz, fACLK = fXT1, fMCLK = fSMCLK = 0 MHz
(9) Low-power mode 3, VLO, excludes SVS test conditions:
Current for watchdog timer clocked by ACLK is included. RTC disabled (RTCHOLD = 1). Current for brownout is included. SVS is
disabled (SVSHE = 0).
CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 1 SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 0 (LPM3),
fXT1 = 0 Hz, fACLK = fVLO, fMCLK = fSMCLK = 0 MHz
(10) Low-power mode 4, includes SVS test conditions:
Current for brownout and SVS are included (SVSHE = 1).
CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 1 SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 1 (LPM4),
fXT1 = 0 Hz, fACLK = 0 Hz, fMCLK = fSMCLK = 0 MHz
(11) Low-power mode 4, excludes SVS test conditions:
Current for brownout is included. SVS is disabled (SVSHE = 0).
CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 1 SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 1 (LPM4),
fXT1 = 0 Hz, fACLK = 0 Hz, fMCLK = fSMCLK = 0 MHz
20
Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Low-Power Mode (LPM2, LPM3, LPM4) Supply Currents (Into VCC) Excluding External
Current (continued)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
-40 °C
25 °C
(1)
60 °C
85°C
PARAMETER
VCC
IIDLE,GroupA
Additional idle current if one
or more modules from Group
A (refer to Table 6-2) are
activated in LPM3 or LPM4.
3.0V
0.02
0.33
1.3
μA
IIDLE,GroupB
Additional idle current if one
or more modules from Group
B (refer to Table 6-2) are
activated in LPM3 or LPM4
3.0V
0.015
0.25
1.0
μA
5.8
TYP
MAX
TYP
MAX
TYP
MAX
TYP
MAX
UNIT
Low-Power Mode (LPM3.5, LPM4.5) Supply Currents (Into VCC) Excluding External Current
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (1)
PARAMETER
VCC
-40 °C
TYP
25 °C
MAX
TYP
ILPM3.5,XT12
Low-power mode 3.5, 12-pF
crystal, includes SVS (2) (3) (4)
2.2 V
0.4
0.45
3.0 V
0.4
0.45
Low-power mode 3.5, 3.7-pF
cyrstal, excludes SVS (2) (5) (6)
(also refer to Figure 5-4)
2.2 V
0.2
ILPM3.5,XT3.7
3.0 V
ILPM4.5,SVS
Low-power mode 4.5,
includes SVS (7)
(also refer to Figure 5-5)
ILPM4.5
Low-power mode 4.5,
excludes SVS (8)
(also refer to Figure 5-5)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
60 °C
MAX
TYP
85°C
MAX
TYP
0.5
0.7
0.5
0.7
0.25
0.3
0.45
0.2
0.25
0.3
0.5
2.2 V
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
3.0 V
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
2.2 V
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.08
3.0 V
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.08
0.7
0.4
MAX
1.2
UNIT
μA
μA
0.55
0.35
μA
μA
All inputs are tied to 0 V or to VCC. Outputs do not source or sink any current.
Not applicable for devices with HF crystal oscillator only.
Characterized with a Micro Crystal MS1V-T1K crystal with a load capacitance of 12.5 pF. The internal and external load capacitance are
chosen to closely match the required 12.5-pF load.
Low-power mode 3.5, 12-pF crystal, includes SVS test conditions:
Current for RTC clocked by XT1 is included. Current for brownout and SVS are included (SVSHE = 1). Core regulator is disabled.
PMMREGOFF = 1, CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 1 SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 1 (LPMx.5),
fXT1 = 32768 Hz, fACLK = fXT1, fMCLK = fSMCLK = 0 MHz
Characterized with a SSP-T7-FL (SMD) crystal with a load capacitance of 3.7 pF. The internal and external load capacitance are chosen
to closely match the required 3.7-pF load.
Low-power mode 3.5, 3.7-pF crystal, excludes SVS test conditions:
Current for RTC clocked by XT1 is included. Current for brownout is included. SVS is disabled (SVSHE = 0). Core regulator isdisabled.
PMMREGOFF = 1, CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 1 SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 1 (LPMx.5),
fXT1 = 32768 Hz, fACLK = fXT1, fMCLK = fSMCLK = 0 MHz
Low-power mode 4.5, includes SVS test conditions:
Current for brownout and SVS are included (SVSHE = 1). Core regulator is disabled.
PMMREGOFF = 1, CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 1 SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 1 (LPMx.5),
fXT1 = 0 Hz, fACLK = 0 Hz, fMCLK = fSMCLK = 0 MHz
Low-power mode 4.5, excludes SVS test conditions:
Current for brownout is included. SVS is disabled (SVSHE = 0). Core regulator is disabled.
PMMREGOFF = 1, CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 1 SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 1 (LPMx.5),
fXT1 = 0 Hz, fACLK = 0 Hz, fMCLK = fSMCLK = 0 MHz
Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
21
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
5.9
www.ti.com
Typical Characteristics, Low-Power Mode Supply Currents
2
1.8
2
@ 3.0V, SVS on
@ 2.2V, SVS on
1.8
@ 3.0V, SVS on
@ 2.2V, SVS on
@ 3.0V, SVS off
1.6
@ 2.2V, SVS off
LPM4 Supply Current [A]
LPM3 Supply Current [A]
1.6
1.4
1.2
1
0.8
0.6
1.4
1.2
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.4
0.2
0.2
0
-50.00
0.00
50.00
0
-50.00
100.00
0.00
Temperature [ƒC]
50.00
C003
C001
Figure 5-2. LPM3,XT3.7 Supply Current vs Temperature
Figure 5-3. LPM4,SVS Supply Current vs Temperature
0.5
0.5
@ 3.0V, SVS off
@ 2.2V, SVS off
0.4
LPM4.5 Supply Current [A]
LPM3.5 Supply Current [A]
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
@ 3.0V, SVS on
@ 2.2V, SVS on
@ 3.0V, SVS off
@ 2.2V, SVS off
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
-50.00
0.00
50.00
100.00
Temperature [ƒC]
0
-50.00
0.00
50.00
Specifications
100.00
Temperature [ƒC]
C003
Figure 5-4. LPM3.5,XT3.7 Supply Current vs Temperature
22
100.00
Temperature [ƒC]
C004
Figure 5-5. LPM4.5 Supply Current vs Temperature
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
5.10 Typical Characteristics, Current Consumption per Module (1)
MODULE
TEST CONDITIONS
REFERENCE CLOCK
Timer_A
Module input clock
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
3
μA/MHz
Module input clock
5
μA/MHz
eUSCI_A
UART mode
Module input clock
5.5
μA/MHz
eUSCI_A
SPI mode
Module input clock
3.5
μA/MHz
eUSCI_B
SPI mode
Module input clock
3.5
μA/MHz
eUSCI_B
I2C mode, 100 kbaud
Module input clock
3.5
μA/MHz
32 kHz
100
nA
Timer_B
RTC_B
MPY
Only from start to end of operation
MCLK
25
μA/MHz
AES
Only from start to end of operation
MCLK
21
μA/MHz
CRC
Only from start to end of operation
MCLK
2.5
μA/MHz
(1)
For other module currents not listed here, refer to the module specific parameter sections.
5.11 Thermal Packaging Characteristics
PARAMETER
PARAMETER
PACKAGE
(1)
VALUE
UNIT
θJA
Junction-to-ambient thermal resistance, still air
30.6
°C/W
θJC(TOP)
Junction-to-case (top) thermal resistance (2)
17.2
°C/W
θJB
Junction-to-board thermal resistance (3)
7.2
°C/W
ΨJB
Junction-to-board thermal characterization parameter
7.2
°C/W
ΨJT
Junction-to-top thermal characterization parameter
0.2
°C/W
θJC(BOTTOM)
Junction-to-case (bottom) thermal resistance (4)
1.2
°C/W
θJA
Junction-to-ambient thermal resistance, still air (1)
30.1
°C/W
θJC(TOP)
Junction-to-case (top) thermal resistance (2)
18.7
°C/W
θJB
Junction-to-board thermal resistance (3)
6.4
°C/W
ΨJB
Junction-to-board thermal characterization parameter
6.3
°C/W
ΨJT
Junction-to-top thermal characterization parameter
0.3
°C/W
θJC(BOTTOM)
Junction-to-case (bottom) thermal resistance (4)
1.5
°C/W
θJA
Junction-to-ambient thermal resistance, still air (1)
65.5
°C/W
12.5
°C/W
32.3
°C/W
31.8
°C/W
QFN-48 (RGZ)
QFN-40 (RHA)
(2)
θJC(TOP)
Junction-to-case (top) thermal resistance
θJB
Junction-to-board thermal resistance (3)
ΨJB
Junction-to-board thermal characterization parameter
ΨJT
Junction-to-top thermal characterization parameter
0.3
°C/W
θJC(BOTTOM)
Junction-to-case (bottom) thermal resistance (4)
N/A
°C/W
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
TSSOP-38 (DA)
The junction-to-ambient thermal resistance under natural convection is obtained in a simulation on a JEDEC-standard, High-K board, as
specified in JESD51-7, in an environment described in JESD51-2a.
The junction-to-case (top) thermal resistance is obtained by simulating a cold plate test on the package top. No specific JEDECstandard test exists, but a close description can be found in the ANSI SEMI standard G30-88.
The junction-to-board thermal resistance is obtained by simulating in an environment with a ring cold plate fixture to control the PCB
temperature, as described in JESD51-8.
The junction-to-case (bottom) thermal resistance is obtained by simulating a cold plate test on the exposed (power) pad. No specific
JEDEC standard test exists, but a close description can be found in the ANSI SEMI standard G30-88.
Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
23
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
5.12 Timing and Switching Characteristics
5.12.1 Power Supply Sequencing
It is recommended to power AVCC and DVCC pins from the same source. At a minimum, during power up,
power down, and device operation, the voltage difference between AVCC and DVCC must not exceed the limits
specified in Absolute Maximum Ratings. Exceeding the specified limits may cause malfunction of the device
including erroneous writes to RAM and FRAM.
At power up, the device does not start executing code before the supply voltage reaches VSVSH+ if the supply
rises monotonically to this level.
Table 5-1. Brownout and Device Reset Power Ramp Requirements
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VVCC_BOR–
Brownout power-down level (1) (2)
VVCC_BOR+
Brownout power-up level (2)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
| dDVCC/dt | < 3 V/s
MIN
(3)
TYP
0.7
| dDVCC/dt | > 300 V/s (3)
MAX
UNIT
1.66
V
0
| dDVCC/dt | < 3 V/s (4)
V
0.79
1.68
V
In case of a supply voltage brownout scenario, the device supply voltages need to ramp down to the specified brownout power-down
level VVCC_BOR- before the voltage is ramped up again to ensure a reliable device startup and performance according to the data sheet
including the correct operation of the on-chip SVS module.
Fast supply voltage changes can trigger a BOR reset even within the recommended supply voltage range. To avoid unwanted BOR
resets, the supply voltage must change by less than 0.05 V per microsecond (±0.05 V/µs). Following the data sheet recommendation for
capacitor CDVCC should limit the slopes accordingly.
The brownout levels are measured with a slowly changing supply. With faster slopes the MIN level required to reset the device properly
can decrease to 0 V. Use the graph in Figure 5-6 to estimate the VVCC_BOR- level based on the down slope of the supply voltage. After
removing VCC the down slope can be estimated based on the current consumption and the capacitance on DVCC: dV/dt = I/C with
dV/dt: slope, I: current, C: capacitance.
The brownout levels are measured with a slowly changing supply.
2
Brownout Power-Down Level (V)
Process-Temp. Corner Case 1
1.5
Typical
1
Process-Temp. Corner Case 2
MIN Limit
0.5
VVCC_BOR- for reliable
device start-up
0
1
10
100
1000
10000
100000
Supply Voltage Power-Down Slope (V/s)
Figure 5-6. Brownout Power-Down Level vs Supply Voltage Down Slope
Table 5-2. SVS
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
ISVSH,LPM
SVSH current consumption, low power modes
VSVSH-
SVSH power-down level
VSVSH+
SVSH power-up level
VSVSH_hys
SVSH hysteresis
tPD,SVSH, AM
SVSH propagation delay, active mode
24
Specifications
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
170
300
nA
1.75
1.80
1.85
V
1.77
1.88
1.99
V
120
mV
10
µs
40
dVVcc/dt = -10 mV/µs
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
5.12.2 Reset Timing
Table 5-3. Reset Input
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
t(RST)
(1)
TEST CONDITIONS
External reset pulse duration on RST
VCC
2.2 V,
3.0 V
(1)
MIN
TYP
MAX
2
UNIT
µs
Not applicable if RST/NMI pin configured as NMI.
5.12.3 Clock Specifications
Table 5-4. Low-Frequency Crystal Oscillator, LFXT (1)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
IVCC.LFXT
Current consumption
TEST CONDITIONS
fOSC = 32768 Hz,
LFXTBYPASS = 0, LFXTDRIVE = {1},
TA = 25°C, CL,eff = 6 pF, ESR ≈ 40 kΩ
3.0 V
185
fOSC = 32768 Hz,
LFXTBYPASS = 0, LFXTDRIVE = {2},
TA = 25°C, CL,eff = 9 pF, ESR ≈ 40 kΩ
3.0 V
225
fOSC = 32768 Hz,
LFXTBYPASS = 0, LFXTDRIVE = {3},
TA = 25°C, CL,eff = 12.5 pF, ESR ≈ 40 kΩ
3.0 V
330
LFXTBYPASS = 0
DCLFXT
LFXT oscillator duty cycle
Measured at ACLK,
fLFXT = 32768 Hz
fLFXT,SW
LFXT oscillator logic-level
square-wave input frequency
LFXTBYPASS = 1 (2)
DCLFXT, SW
LFXT oscillator logic-level
square-wave input duty cycle
LFXTBYPASS = 1
OALFXT
Oscillation allowance for
LF crystals (4)
(3)
(4)
TYP
180
LFXT oscillator crystal frequency
(2)
MIN
3.0 V
fLFXT
(1)
VCC
fOSC = 32768 Hz,
LFXTBYPASS = 0, LFXTDRIVE = {0},
TA = 25°C, CL,eff = 3.7 pF, ESR ≈ 44 kΩ
MAX
nA
32768
30%
(3)
UNIT
10.5
Hz
70%
32.768
30%
50
kHz
70%
LFXTBYPASS = 0, LFXTDRIVE = {1},
fLFXT = 32768 Hz, CL,eff = 6 pF
210
LFXTBYPASS = 0, LFXTDRIVE = {3},
fLFXT = 32768 Hz, CL,eff = 12.5 pF
300
kΩ
To improve EMI on the LFXT oscillator, the following guidelines should be observed.
• Keep the trace between the device and the crystal as short as possible.
• Design a good ground plane around the oscillator pins.
• Prevent crosstalk from other clock or data lines into oscillator pins LFXIN and LFXOUT.
• Avoid running PCB traces underneath or adjacent to the LFXIN and LFXOUT pins.
• Use assembly materials and processes that avoid any parasitic load on the oscillator LFXIN and LFXOUT pins.
• If conformal coating is used, ensure that it does not induce capacitive or resistive leakage between the oscillator pins.
When LFXTBYPASS is set, LFXT circuits are automatically powered down. Input signal is a digital square wave with parametrics
defined in the Schmitt-trigger Inputs section of this datasheet. Duty cycle requirements are defined by DCLFXT, SW.
Maximum frequency of operation of the entire device cannot be exceeded.
Oscillation allowance is based on a safety factor of 5 for recommended crystals. The oscillation allowance is a function of the
LFXTDRIVE settings and the effective load. In general, comparable oscillator allowance can be achieved based on the following
guidelines, but should be evaluated based on the actual crystal selected for the application:
• For LFXTDRIVE = {0}, CL,eff = 3.7 pF.
• For LFXTDRIVE = {1}, CL,eff = 6 pF
• For LFXTDRIVE = {2}, 6 pF ≤ CL,eff ≤ 9 pF
• For LFXTDRIVE = {3}, 9 pF ≤ CL,eff ≤ 12.5 pF
Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
25
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Low-Frequency Crystal Oscillator, LFXT(1) (continued)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
CLFXIN
Integrated load capacitance at
LFXIN terminal (5) (6)
2
pF
CLFXOUT
Integrated load capacitance at
LFXOUT terminal (5) (6)
2
pF
tSTART,LFXT
fFault,LFXT
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
26
Start-up time (7)
Oscillator fault frequency (8)
(9)
fOSC = 32768 Hz,
LFXTBYPASS = 0, LFXTDRIVE = {0},
TA = 25°C, CL,eff = 3.7 pF
3.0 V
fOSC = 32768 Hz,
LFXTBYPASS = 0, LFXTDRIVE = {3},
TA = 25°C, CL,eff = 12.5 pF
3.0 V
800
ms
1000
0
3500
Hz
This represents all the parasitic capacitance present at the LFXIN and LFXOUT terminals, respectively, including parasitic bond and
package capacitance. The effective load capacitance, CL,eff can be computed as CIN x COUT / (CIN + COUT), where CIN and COUT are the
total capacitance at the LFXIN and LFXOUT terminals, respectively.
Requires external capacitors at both terminals to meet the effective load capacitance specified by crystal manufacturers. Recommended
effective load capacitance values supported are 3.7 pF, 6 pF, 9 pF, and 12.5 pF. Maximum shunt capacitance of 1.6 pF. The PCB adds
additional capacitance, so it must also be considered in the overall capacitance. It is recommended to verify that the recommended
effective load capacitance of the selected crystal is met.
Includes start-up counter of 1024 clock cycles.
Frequencies above the MAX specification do not set the fault flag. Frequencies in between the MIN and MAX specification may set the
flag. A static condition or stuck at fault condition will set the flag.
Measured with logic-level input frequency but also applies to operation with crystals.
Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 5-5. High-Frequency Crystal Oscillator, HFXT (1)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
MIN
fOSC = 4 MHz,
HFXTBYPASS = 0, HFXTDRIVE = 0, HFFREQ =
1 (2)
TA = 25°C, CL,eff = 18 pF, Typical ESR, Cshunt
IDVCC.HFXT
HFXT oscillator crystal
current HF mode at
typical ESR
fOSC = 8 MHz,
HFXTBYPASS = 0, HFXTDRIVE = 1, HFFREQ = 1,
TA = 25°C, CL,eff = 18 pF, Typical ESR, Cshunt
fHFXT
HFXT oscillator duty
cycle
DCHFXT
fHFXT,SW
DCHFXT,
SW
tSTART,HFXT
HFXT oscillator logiclevel square-wave input
duty cycle
Start-up time (5)
μA
190
fOSC = 24 MHz,
HFXTBYPASS = 0, HFXTDRIVE = 3, HFFREQ = 3,
TA = 25°C, CL,eff = 18 pF, Typical ESR, Cshunt
250
4
8
HFXTBYPASS = 0, HFFREQ = 2 (3)
8.01
16
HFXTBYPASS = 0, HFFREQ = 3 (3)
16.01
24
Measured at SMCLK, fHFXT = 16 MHz
40%
50%
0.9
4
HFXTBYPASS = 1, HFFREQ = 1 (4) (3)
4.01
8
(4) (3)
8.01
16
HFXTBYPASS = 1, HFFREQ = 3 (4) (3)
16.01
24
40%
60%
HFXTBYPASS = 1
fOSC = 4 MHz,
HFXTBYPASS = 0, HFXTDRIVE = 0, HFFREQ = 1,
TA = 25°C, CL,eff = 16 pF
3.0 V
fOSC = 24 MHz ,
HFXTBYPASS = 0, HFXTDRIVE = 3, HFFREQ = 3,
TA = 25°C, CL,eff = 16 pF
3.0 V
MHz
60%
(4) (3)
HFXTBYPASS = 1, HFFREQ = 2
UNIT
120
3.0 V
fOSC = 16 MHz,
HFXTBYPASS = 0, HFXTDRIVE = 2, HFFREQ = 2,
TA = 25°C, CL,eff = 18 pF, Typical ESR, Cshunt
HFXTBYPASS = 1, HFFREQ = 0
HFXT oscillator logiclevel square-wave input
frequency, bypass mode
MAX
75
HFXTBYPASS = 0, HFFREQ = 1 (2) (3)
HFXT oscillator crystal
frequency, crystal mode
TYP
MHz
1.6
ms
0.6
CHFXIN
Integrated load
capacitance at HFXIN
terminaI (6) (7)
2
pF
CHFXOUT
Integrated load
capacitance at HFXOUT
terminaI (6) (7)
2
pF
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
To improve EMI on the HFXT oscillator the following guidelines should be observed.
• Keep the traces between the device and the crystal as short as possible.
• Design a good ground plane around the oscillator pins.
• Prevent crosstalk from other clock or data lines into oscillator pins HFXIN and HFXOUT.
• Avoid running PCB traces underneath or adjacent to the HFXIN and HFXOUT pins.
• Use assembly materials and processes that avoid any parasitic load on the oscillator HFXIN and HFXOUT pins.
• If conformal coating is used, ensure that it does not induce capacitive or resistive leakage between the oscillator pins.
HFFREQ = {0} is not supported for HFXT crystal mode of operation.
Maximum frequency of operation of the entire device cannot be exceeded.
When HFXTBYPASS is set, HFXT circuits are automatically powered down. Input signal is a digital square wave with parametrics
defined in the Schmitt-trigger Inputs section of this datasheet. Duty cycle requirements are defined by DCHFXT, SW.
Includes start-up counter of 1024 clock cycles.
This represents all the parasitic capacitance present at the HFXIN and HFXOUT terminals, respectively, including parasitic bond and
package capacitance. The effective load capacitance, CL,eff can be computed as CIN x COUT / (CIN + COUT), where CIN and COUT is the
total capacitance at the HFXIN and HFXOUT terminals, respectively.
Requires external capacitors at both terminals to meet the effective load capacitance specified by crystal manufacturers. Recommended
effective load capacitance values supported are 14 pF, 16 pF, and 18 pF. Maximum shunt capacitance of 7 pF. The PCB adds
additional capacitance, so it must also be considered in the overall capacitance. It is recommended to verify that the recommended
effective load capacitance of the selected crystal is met.
Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
27
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
High-Frequency Crystal Oscillator, HFXT(1) (continued)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
fFault,HFXT
(8)
(9)
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
MIN
Oscillator fault
frequency (8) (9)
TYP
MAX
UNIT
800
kHz
0
Frequencies above the MAX specification do not set the fault flag. Frequencies in between the MIN and MAX might set the flag. A static
condition or stuck at fault condition will set the flag.
Measured with logic-level input frequency but also applies to operation with crystals.
Table 5-6. DCO
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
1
±3.5%
MHz
fDCO1
DCO frequency range 1 MHz,
trimmed
Measured at SMCLK, divide by 1,
DCORSEL = 0, DCOFSEL = 0,
DCORSEL = 1, DCOFSEL = 0
fDCO2.7
DCO frequency range 2.7 MHz,
trimmed
Measured at SMCLK, divide by 1,
DCORSEL = 0, DCOFSEL = 1
2.667
±3.5%
MHz
fDCO3.5
DCO frequency range 3.5 MHz,
trimmed
Measured at SMCLK, divide by 1,
DCORSEL = 0, DCOFSEL = 2
3.5
±3.5%
MHz
fDCO4
DCO frequency range 4 MHz,
trimmed
Measured at SMCLK, divide by 1,
DCORSEL = 0, DCOFSEL = 3
4
±3.5%
MHz
fDCO5.3
DCO frequency range 5.3 MHz,
trimmed
Measured at SMCLK, divide by 1,
DCORSEL = 0, DCOFSEL = 4,
DCORSEL = 1, DCOFSEL = 1
5.333
±3.5%
MHz
fDCO7
DCO frequency range 7 MHz,
trimmed
Measured at SMCLK, divide by 1,
DCORSEL = 0, DCOFSEL = 5,
DCORSEL = 1, DCOFSEL = 2
7
±3.5%
MHz
fDCO8
DCO frequency range 8 MHz,
trimmed
Measured at SMCLK, divide by 1,
DCORSEL = 0, DCOFSEL = 6,
DCORSEL = 1, DCOFSEL = 3
8
±3.5%
MHz
fDCO16
DCO frequency range 16 MHz,
trimmed
Measured at SMCLK, divide by 1,
DCORSEL = 1, DCOFSEL = 4
16
±3.5% (1)
MHz
fDCO21
DCO frequency range 21 MHz,
trimmed
Measured at SMCLK, divide by 2,
DCORSEL = 1, DCOFSEL = 5
21
±3.5% (1)
MHz
fDCO24
DCO frequency range 24 MHz,
trimmed
Measured at SMCLK, divide by 2,
DCORSEL = 1, DCOFSEL = 6
24
±3.5% (1)
MHz
Duty cycle
Measured at SMCLK, divide by 1,
No external divide, all
DCORSEL/DCOFSEL settings except
DCORSEL = 1, DCOFSEL = 5 and
DCORSEL = 1, DCOFSEL = 6
50%
52%
DCO jitter
Based on fsignal = 10 kHz and DCO
used for 12 bit SAR ADC sampling
source. This achieves >74 dB SNR due
to jitter (that is, it is limited by ADC
performance)
2
3
fDCO,DC
tDCO,
JITTER
dfDCO/dT
(1)
(2)
28
DCO temperature drift (2)
48%
3.0 V
0.01
ns
%/ºC
After a wakeup from LPM1, LPM2, LPM3 or LPM4 the DCO frequency fDCO might exceed the specified frequency range for a few clock
cycles by up to 5% before settling into the specified steady state frequency range.
Calculated using the box method: (MAX(–40ºC to 85ºC) – MIN(–40ºC to 85ºC)) / MIN(–40ºC to 85ºC) / (85ºC – (–40ºC))
Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 5-7. Internal Very-Low-Power Low-Frequency Oscillator (VLO)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
IVLO
Current consumption
fVLO
VLO frequency
Measured at ACLK
dfVLO/dT
VLO frequency temperature drift
Measured at ACLK (1)
dfVLO/dVCC
VLO frequency supply voltage drift
Measured at ACLK (2)
fVLO,DC
Duty cycle
Measured at ACLK
(1)
(2)
VCC
MIN
TYP
MAX
100
6
9.4
nA
14
0.2
50%
kHz
%/°C
0.7
40%
UNIT
%/V
60%
Calculated using the box method: (MAX(–40ºC to 85°C) – MIN(–40ºC to 85°C)) / MIN(–40ºC to 85°C) / (85°C – (–40°C))
Calculated using the box method: (MAX(1.8 to 3.6 V) – MIN(1.8 to 3.6 V)) / MIN(1.8 to 3.6 V) / (3.6 V – 1.8 V)
Table 5-8. Module Oscillator (MODOSC)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
IMODOSC
Current consumption
fMODOSC
MODOSC frequency
fMODOSC/dT
MODOSC frequency temperature drift (1)
fMODOSC/dVCC
MODOSC frequency supply voltage
drift (2)
DCMODOSC
Duty cycle
(1)
(2)
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
Enabled
MAX
UNIT
5.4
MHz
μA
25
4.0
Measured at SMCLK, divide by 1
TYP
40%
4.8
0.08
%/℃
1.4
%/V
50%
60%
Calculated using the box method: (MAX(–40ºC to 85°C) – MIN(–40ºC to 85°C)) / MIN(–40ºC to 85°C) / (85°C – (–40°C))
Calculated using the box method: (MAX(1.8 V to 3.6 V) – MIN(1.8 V to 3.6 V)) / MIN(1.8 V to 3.6 V) / (3.6 V – 1.8 V)
Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
29
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
5.12.4 Wake-Up Characteristics
Table 5-9. Wakeup Times From Low-Power Modes and Reset
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
TEST
CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
VCC
MIN
TYP
MAX
6
10
tWAKE-UP FRAM
(Additional) wakeup time to activate the FRAM
in AM if previously disabled by the FRAM
controller or from an LPM if immediate
activation is selected for wake up
tWAKE-UP LPM0
Wakeup time from LPM0 to active mode (1)
2.2 V, 3.0 V
tWAKE-UP LPM1
Wakeup time from LPM1 to active mode (1)
2.2 V, 3.0 V
6
tWAKE-UP LPM2
Wakeup time from LPM2 to active mode (1)
2.2 V, 3.0 V
6
tWAKE-UP LPM3
Wakeup time from LPM3 to active mode (1)
2.2 V, 3.0 V
7
tWAKE-UP LPM4
(1)
2.2 V, 3.0 V
2.2 V, 3.0 V
SVSHE = 1
2.2 V, 3.0 V
SVSHE = 0
Wakeup time from LPM4 to active mode
tWAKE-UP LPM3.5 Wakeup time from LPM3.5 to active mode (2)
tWAKE-UP LPM4.5 Wakeup time from LPM4.5 to active mode (2)
UNIT
μs
400 ns +
1.5/fDCO
μs
μs
10
μs
7
10
μs
250
350
μs
250
350
μs
2.2 V, 3.0 V
1
1.5
ms
tWAKE-UP-RST
Wakeup time from a RST pin triggered reset to
active mode (2)
2.2 V, 3.0 V
250
350
μs
tWAKE-UP-BOR
Wakeup time from power-up to active mode
(2)
2.2 V, 3.0 V
1
1.5
ms
(1)
(2)
The wakeup time is measured from the edge of an external wakeup signal (for example, port interrupt or wakeup event) to the first
externally observable MCLK clock edge. MCLK is sourced by the DCO and the MCLK divider is set to divide-by-1 (DIVMx = 000b,
fMCLK = fDCO). This time includes the activation of the FRAM during wake up.
The wakeup time is measured from the edge of an external wakeup signal (for example, port interrupt or wakeup event) until the first
instruction of the user program is executed.
Table 5-10. Typical Wakeup Charge (1)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
QWAKE-UP FRAM
Charge used for activating the FRAM in AM or during wakeup
from LPM0 if previously disabled by the FRAM controller.
15.1
nAs
QWAKE-UP LPM0
Charge used for wakeup from LPM0 to active mode (with FRAM
active)
4.4
nAs
QWAKE-UP LPM1
Charge used for wakeup from LPM1 to active mode (with FRAM
active)
15.1
nAs
QWAKE-UP LPM2
Charge used for wakeup from LPM2 to active mode (with FRAM
active)
15.3
nAs
QWAKE-UP LPM3
Charge used for wakeup from LPM3 to active mode (with FRAM
active)
16.5
nAs
QWAKE-UP LPM4
Charge used for wakeup from LPM4 to active mode (with FRAM
active)
16.5
nAs
QWAKE-UP LPM3.5
Charge used for wakeup from LPM3.5 to active mode
(2)
QWAKE-UP LPM4.5
Charge used for wakeup from LPM4.5 to active mode (2)
QWAKE-UP-RESET
Charge used for reset from RST or BOR event to active mode (2)
(1)
(2)
30
76
nAs
SVSHE = 1
77
nAs
SVSHE = 0
77.5
nAs
75
nAs
Charge used during the wakeup time from a given low-power mode to active mode. This does not include the energy required in active
mode (for example, for an interrupt service routine).
Charge required until start of user code. This does not include the energy required to reconfigure the device.
Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
5.12.4.1 Typical Characteristics, Average LPM Currents vs Wakeup Frequency
10000.00
LPM0
LPM1
Average Wake-up Current [µA]
1000.00
LPM2,XT12
LPM3,XT12
LPM3.5,XT12
100.00
10.00
1.00
0.10
0.001
0.01
0.1
1
10
100
1000
10000
100000
Wake-Up Frequency [Hz]
NOTE: The average wakeup current does not include the energy required in active mode; for example, for an interrupt
service routine or to reconfigure the device.
Figure 5-7. Average LPM Currents vs Wakeup Frequency at 25°C
10000.00
LPM0
LPM1
Average Wake-up Current [µA]
1000.00
LPM2,XT12
LPM3,XT12
LPM3.5,XT12
100.00
10.00
1.00
0.10
0.001
0.01
0.1
1
10
100
1000
10000
100000
Wake-Up Frequency [Hz]
NOTE: The average wakeup current does not include the energy required in active mode; for example, for an interrupt
service routine or to reconfigure the device.
Figure 5-8. Average LPM Currents vs Wakeup Frequency at 85°C
Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
31
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
5.12.5 Peripherals
5.12.5.1 Digital I/Os
Table 5-11. Digital Inputs
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
MIN
2.2 V
1.2
TYP
MAX
1.65
3.0 V
1.65
2.25
2.2 V
0.55
1.00
3.0 V
0.75
1.35
2.2 V
0.44
0.98
3.0 V
0.60
1.30
UNIT
VIT+
Positive-going input threshold voltage
VIT–
Negative-going input threshold voltage
Vhys
Input voltage hysteresis (VIT+ – VIT–)
RPull
Pullup or pulldown resistor
For pullup: VIN = VSS
For pulldown: VIN = VCC
CI,dig
Input capacitance, digital only port pins
VIN = VSS or VCC
3
pF
CI,ana
Input capacitance, port pins with shared analog
VIN = VSS or VCC
functions (1)
5
pF
Ilkg(Px.y)
High-impedance input leakage current (also
refer to and )
Refer to notes
t(int)
External interrupt timing (external trigger pulse
duration to set interrupt flag) (4)
Ports with interrupt capability
(see block diagram and
terminal function
descriptions).
t(RST)
External reset pulse duration on RST (5)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
32
(2)
and
20
(3)
35
50
V
V
V
kΩ
2.2 V,
3.0 V
-20
2.2 V,
3.0 V
20
ns
2.2 V,
3.0 V
2
µs
+20
nA
If the port pins PJ.4/LFXIN and PJ.5/LFXOUT are used as digital I/Os, they are connected by a 4-pF capacitor and a 35-MΩ resistor in
series. At frequencies of approximately 1 kHz and lower, the 4-pF capacitor can add to the pin capacitance of PJ.4/LFXIN and/or
PJ.5/LFXOUT.
The input leakage current is measured with VSS or VCC applied to the corresponding pins, unless otherwise noted.
The input leakage of the digital port pins is measured individually. The port pin is selected for input and the pullup or pulldown resistor is
disabled.
An external signal sets the interrupt flag every time the minimum interrupt pulse duration t(int) is met. It may be set by trigger signals
shorter than t(int).
Not applicable if RST/NMI pin configured as NMI.
Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 5-12. Digital Outputs
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
TYP
I(OHmax) = –3 mA (2)
VCC –
0.60
VCC
I(OHmax) = –2 mA (1)
VCC –
0.25
VCC
VCC –
0.60
VCC
VSS
VSS +
0.25
I(OLmax) = 3 mA (2)
VSS
VSS +
0.60
I(OLmax) = 2 mA (1)
VSS
VSS +
0.25
VSS
VSS +
0.60
2.2 V
High-level output voltage
3.0 V
I(OHmax) = –6 mA (2)
I(OLmax) = 1 mA (1)
Low-level output voltage
3.0 V
I(OLmax) = 6 mA (2)
fPx.y
Port output frequency (with load) (3)
CL = 20 pF, RL
fPort_CLK
Clock output frequency (3)
ACLK, MCLK, or SMCLK at
configured output port
CL = 20 pF (5)
trise,dig
Port output rise time, digital only port pins
CL = 20 pF
tfall,dig
Port output fall time, digital only port pins
CL = 20 pF
trise,ana
Port output rise time, port pins with shared
analog functions
CL = 20 pF
tfall,ana
Port output fall time, port pins with shared
analog functions
CL = 20 pF
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(4) (5)
2.2 V
16
3.0 V
16
2.2 V
16
3.0 V
16
UNIT
V
2.2 V
VOL
MAX
VCC
I(OHmax) = –1 mA (1)
VOH
MIN
VCC –
0.25
V
MHz
MHz
2.2 V
4
15
3.0 V
3
15
2.2 V
4
15
3.0 V
3
15
2.2 V
6
15
3.0 V
4
15
2.2 V
6
15
3.0 V
4
15
ns
ns
ns
ns
The maximum total current, I(OHmax) and I(OLmax), for all outputs combined should not exceed ±48 mA to hold the maximum voltage drop
specified.
The maximum total current, I(OHmax) and I(OLmax), for all outputs combined should not exceed ±100 mA to hold the maximum voltage
drop specified.
The port can output frequencies at least up to the specified limit - it might support higher frequencies.
A resistive divider with 2 × R1 and R1 = 1.6 kΩ between VCC and VSS is used as load. The output is connected to the center tap of the
divider. CL = 20 pF is connected from the output to VSS.
The output voltage reaches at least 10% and 90% VCC at the specified toggle frequency.
Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
33
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
5.12.5.1.1 Typical Characteristics, Digital Outputs at 3.0 V and 2.2 V
30
@ 25°C
@ 85°C
Low-Level Output Current [mA]
Low-Level Output Current [mA]
15
10
5
@ 25°C
@ 85°C
20
10
P1.1
P1.1
0
0
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
0
0.5
Low-Level Output Voltage [V]
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
Low-Level Output Voltage [V]
C001
C001
VCC = 2.2 V
VCC = 3.0 V
Figure 5-9. Typical Low-Level Output Current vs Low-Level
Output Voltage
0
@ 25°C
@ 85°C
High-Level Output Current [mA]
High-Level Output Current [mA]
0
Figure 5-10. Typical Low-Level Output Current vs Low-Level
Output Voltage
-5
-10
@ 25°C
@ 85°C
-10
-20
P1.1
P1.1
-15
-30
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
0
0.5
High-Level Output Voltage [V]
1
1.5
2
C001
Figure 5-11. Typical High-Level Output Current vs High-Level
Output Voltage
Specifications
3
High-Level Output Voltage [V]
VCC = 2.2 V
34
2.5
C001
VCC = 3.0 V
Figure 5-12. Typical High-Level Output Current vs High-Level
Output Voltage
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 5-13. Pin-Oscillator Frequency, Ports Px
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
foPx.y
(1)
TEST CONDITIONS
Pin-oscillator frequency
VCC
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
Px.y, CL = 10 pF (1)
3.0 V
1640
kHz
(1)
3.0 V
870
kHz
Px.y, CL = 20 pF
CL is the external load capacitance connected from the output to VSS and includes all parasitic effects such as PCB traces.
1000
fitted
fitted
25°C
25°C
85°C
Pin Oscillator Frequency [kHz]
Pin Oscillator Frequency [kHz]
5.12.5.1.2 Typical Characteristics, Pin-Oscillator Frequency
100
1000
85°C
100
10
100
10
External Load Capacitance (incl. board etc.) [pF]
100
External Load Capacitance (incl. board etc.) [pF]
C002
VCC = 2.2 V
One output active at a time.
Figure 5-13. Typical Oscillation Frequency vs Load Capacitance
C002
VCC = 3.0 V
One output active at a time.
Figure 5-14. Typical Oscillation Frequency vs Load Capacitance
Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
35
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
5.12.5.2 Timer_A and Timer_B
Table 5-14. Timer_A
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
fTA
Timer_A input clock frequency
Internal: SMCLK, ACLK
External: TACLK
Duty cycle = 50% ± 10%
2.2 V,
3.0 V
tTA,cap
Timer_A capture timing
All capture inputs, Minimum pulse
duration required for capture
2.2 V,
3.0 V
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
16
MHz
20
ns
Table 5-15. Timer_B
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
fTB
Timer_B input clock frequency
Internal: SMCLK, ACLK
External: TBCLK
Duty cycle = 50% ± 10%
tTB,cap
Timer_B capture timing
All capture inputs, Minimum pulse
duration required for capture
36
Specifications
VCC
2.2 V,
3.0 V
2.2 V,
3.0 V
MIN
TYP
20
MAX
UNIT
16
MHz
ns
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
5.12.5.3 eUSCI
Table 5-16. eUSCI (UART Mode) Recommended Operating Conditions
PARAMETER
feUSCI
eUSCI input clock frequency
fBITCLK
BITCLK clock frequency
(equals baud rate in MBaud)
CONDITIONS
VCC
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
16
MHz
4
MHz
MAX
UNIT
Internal: SMCLK, ACLK
External: UCLK
Duty cycle = 50% ± 10%
Table 5-17. eUSCI (UART Mode)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
UCGLITx = 0
UCGLITx = 1
UART receive deglitch time (1)
tt
UCGLITx = 2
TYP
5
2.2 V,
3.0 V
UCGLITx = 3
(1)
MIN
30
20
90
35
160
50
220
ns
Pulses on the UART receive input (UCxRX) shorter than the UART receive deglitch time are suppressed. Thus the selected deglitch
time can limit the maximum useable baud rate. To ensure that pulses are correctly recognized, their duration should exceed the
maximum specification of the deglitch time.
Table 5-18. eUSCI (SPI Master Mode) Recommended Operating Conditions
PARAMETER
feUSCI
CONDITIONS
VCC
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
16
MHz
Internal: SMCLK, ACLK
Duty cycle = 50% ± 10%
eUSCI input clock frequency
Table 5-19. eUSCI (SPI Master Mode)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (see note
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
MIN
TYP
(1)
)
MAX
UNIT
tSTE,LEAD
STE lead time, STE active to clock
UCSTEM = 1, UCMODEx = 01 or 10
1
tSTE,LAG
STE lag time, Last clock to STE
inactive
UCSTEM = 1, UCMODEx = 01 or 10
1
tSTE,ACC
STE access time, STE active to
SIMO data out
UCSTEM = 0, UCMODEx = 01 or 10
2.2 V,
3.0 V
60
ns
tSTE,DIS
STE disable time, STE inactive to
SOMI high impedance
UCSTEM = 0, UCMODEx = 01 or 10
2.2 V,
3.0 V
60
ns
tSU,MI
SOMI input data setup time
tHD,MI
SOMI input data hold time
tVALID,MO
SIMO output data valid time (2)
UCLK edge to SIMO valid, CL = 20 pF
tHD,MO
SIMO output data hold time (3)
CL = 20 pF
(1)
(2)
(3)
2.2 V
35
3.0 V
35
2.2 V
0
3.0 V
0
UCxCLK
cycles
ns
ns
2.2 V
10
3.0 V
10
2.2 V
0
3.0 V
0
ns
ns
fUCxCLK = 1/2tLO/HI with tLO/HI = max(tVALID,MO(eUSCI) + tSU,SI(Slave), tSU,MI(eUSCI) + tVALID,SO(Slave)).
For the slave parameters tSU,SI(Slave) and tVALID,SO(Slave), refer to the SPI parameters of the attached slave.
Specifies the time to drive the next valid data to the SIMO output after the output changing UCLK clock edge. Refer to the timing
diagrams in Figure 5-15 and Figure 5-16.
Specifies how long data on the SIMO output is valid after the output changing UCLK clock edge. Negative values indicate that the data
on the SIMO output can become invalid before the output changing clock edge observed on UCLK. Refer to the timing diagrams in
Figure 5-15 and Figure 5-16.
Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
37
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
UCMODEx = 01
tSTE,LEAD
STE
tSTE,LAG
UCMODEx = 10
1/fUCxCLK
CKPL = 0
UCLK
CKPL = 1
tLOW/HIGH
tLOW/HIGH
tSU,MI
tHD,MI
SOMI
tHD,MO
tSTE,ACC
tSTE,DIS
tVALID,MO
SIMO
Figure 5-15. SPI Master Mode, CKPH = 0
UCMODEx = 01
tSTE,LEAD
STE
tSTE,LAG
UCMODEx = 10
1/fUCxCLK
CKPL = 0
UCLK
CKPL = 1
tLOW/HIGH
tLOW/HIGH
tHD,MI
tSU,MI
SOMI
tHD,MO
tSTE,ACC
tSTE,DIS
tVALID,MO
SIMO
Figure 5-16. SPI Master Mode, CKPH = 1
38
Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 5-20. eUSCI (SPI Slave Mode)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (see Note
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
tSTE,LEAD
STE lead time, STE active to clock
tSTE,LAG
STE lag time, Last clock to STE inactive
tSTE,ACC
STE access time, STE active to SOMI data out
tSTE,DIS
STE disable time, STE inactive to SOMI high
impedance
tSU,SI
SIMO input data setup time
tHD,SI
SIMO input data hold time
tVALID,SO
SOMI output data valid time (2)
UCLK edge to SOMI valid,
CL = 20 pF
tHD,SO
SOMI output data hold time (3)
CL = 20 pF
(1)
(2)
(3)
VCC
MIN
2.2 V
45
3.0 V
40
2.2 V
0
3.0 V
0
TYP
(1)
ns
45
3.0 V
40
2.2 V
40
3.0 V
35
4
3.0 V
4
2.2 V
7
3.0 V
7
35
35
3.0 V
0
ns
ns
3.0 V
0
ns
ns
2.2 V
2.2 V
UNIT
ns
2.2 V
2.2 V
)
MAX
ns
ns
fUCxCLK = 1/2tLO/HI with tLO/HI ≥ max(tVALID,MO(Master) + tSU,SI(eUSCI), tSU,MI(Master) + tVALID,SO(eUSCI)).
For the master parameters tSU,MI(Master) and tVALID,MO(Master) refer to the SPI parameters of the attached slave.
Specifies the time to drive the next valid data to the SOMI output after the output changing UCLK clock edge. Refer to the timing
diagrams in Figure 5-17 and Figure 5-18.
Specifies how long data on the SOMI output is valid after the output changing UCLK clock edge. Refer to the timing diagrams in
Figure 5-17 and Figure 5-18.
Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
39
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
UCMODEx = 01
tSTE,LEAD
STE
tSTE,LAG
UCMODEx = 10
1/fUCxCLK
CKPL = 0
UCLK
CKPL = 1
tLOW/HIGH
tSU,SI
tLOW/HIGH
tHD,SI
SIMO
tHD,SO
tSTE,ACC
tSTE,DIS
tVALID,SO
SOMI
Figure 5-17. SPI Slave Mode, CKPH = 0
UCMODEx = 01
tSTE,LEAD
STE
tSTE,LAG
UCMODEx = 10
1/fUCxCLK
CKPL = 0
UCLK
CKPL = 1
tLOW/HIGH
tLOW/HIGH
tHD,SI
tSU,SI
SIMO
tHD,SO
tSTE,ACC
tSTE,DIS
tVALID,SO
SOMI
Figure 5-18. SPI Slave Mode, CKPH = 1
40
Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 5-21. eUSCI (I2C Mode)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (see Figure 5-19)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
feUSCI
eUSCI input clock frequency
fSCL
SCL clock frequency
VCC
MIN
TYP
Internal: SMCLK, ACLK
External: UCLK
Duty cycle = 50% ± 10%
2.2 V, 3.0 V
fSCL = 100 kHz
UNIT
16
MHz
400
kHz
4.0
tHD,STA
Hold time (repeated) START
tSU,STA
Setup time for a repeated START
tHD,DAT
Data hold time
2.2 V, 3.0 V
0
ns
tSU,DAT
Data setup time
2.2 V, 3.0 V
100
ns
fSCL > 100 kHz
fSCL = 100 kHz
fSCL > 100 kHz
fSCL = 100 kHz
tSU,STO
Setup time for STOP
tBUF
Bus free time between a STOP and
START condition
fSCL > 100 kHz
Pulse duration of spikes suppressed by
input filter
tSP
2.2 V, 3.0 V
0
MAX
2.2 V, 3.0 V
2.2 V, 3.0 V
4.7
4.0
4.7
1.3
UCGLITx = 0
50
2.2 V, 3.0 V
UCGLITx = 3
µs
0.6
fSCL > 100 kHz
UCGLITx = 2
µs
0.6
fSCL = 100 kHz
UCGLITx = 1
µs
0.6
µs
250
25
125
12.5
62.5
6.3
31.5
UCCLTOx = 1
tTIMEOUT
Clock low timeout
UCCLTOx = 2
27
2.2 V, 3.0 V
30
UCCLTOx = 3
tSU,STA
tHD,STA
ns
ms
33
tHD,STA
tBUF
SDA
tLOW
tHIGH
tSP
SCL
tSU,DAT
tSU,STO
tHD,DAT
Figure 5-19. I2C Mode Timing
Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
41
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
5.12.5.4 ADC
Table 5-22. 12-Bit ADC, Power Supply and Input Range Conditions
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
V(Ax)
Analog input voltage range
TEST CONDITIONS
(1)
I(ADC12_B)
Operating supply current into
singleAVCC plus DVCC terminals (2)
ended mode
I(ADC12_B)
Operating supply current into
differential
AVCC plus DVCC terminals (2)
mode
MIN
All ADC12 analog input pins Ax
NOM
0
MAX
UNIT
AVCC
V
3.0 V
145
185
(3)
fADC12CLK = MODCLK, ADC12ON = 1,
ADC12PWRMD = 0, ADC12DIF = 0,
REFON = 0, ADC12SHTx = 0,
ADC12DIV = 0
2.2 V
140
180
3.0 V
175
225
(3)
fADC12CLK = MODCLK, ADC12ON = 1,
ADC12PWRMD = 0, ADC12DIF = 1,
REFON = 0, ADC12SHTx= 0,
ADC12DIV = 0
2.2 V
170
220
2.2 V
10
15
pF
>2 V
0.5
4
kΩ
<2 V
1
10
kΩ
CI
Input capacitance
Only one terminal Ax can be selected
at one time
RI
Input MUX ON resistance
0 V ≤ V(Ax) ≤ AVCC
(1)
(2)
(3)
VCC
µA
µA
The analog input voltage range must be within the selected reference voltage range VR+ to VR- for valid conversion results.
The internal reference supply current is not included in current consumption parameter I(ADC12_B).
Approximately 60% (typical) of the total current into the AVCC and DVCC terminal is from AVCC.
Table 5-23. 12-Bit ADC, Timing Parameters
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
0.45
fADC12CLK
Frequency for specified
performance
For specified performance of ADC12 linearity
parameters with ADC12PWRMD = 0,
If ADC12PWRMD = 1, the maximum is 1/4 of the
value shown here
fADC12CLK
Frequency for reduced
performance
Linearity parameters have reduced performance
fADC12OSC
Internal oscillator (1)
ADC12DIV = 0, fADC12CLK = fADC12OSC from
MODCLK
tCONVERT
Conversion time
See
tADC12OFF
Time ADC must be off before
can be turned on again
Note: tADC12OFF must be met to make sure that
tADC12ON time holds
(4)
42
5.4
MHz
kHz
5.4
MHz
3.5
(2)
(3)
Turnon settling time of the ADC
(1)
(2)
(3)
UNIT
µs
tADC12ON
Sampling time
4.8
2.6
External fADC12CLK from ACLK, MCLK, or SMCLK,
ADC12SSEL ≠ 0
tSample
MAX
32.768
4
REFON = 0, Internal oscillator,
fADC12CLK = fADC12OSC from MODCLK,
ADC12WINC = 0
TYP
100
RS = 400 Ω, RI = 4 kΩ, CI = 15 pF, Cpext= 8 pF
100
(4)
ns
ns
1
µs
The ADC12OSC is sourced directly from MODOSC inside the UCS.
14 x ADC12DIV x 1/fADC12CLK , if ADC12WINC=1 then 15 x ADC12DIV x 1/fADC12CLK
The condition is that the error in a conversion started after tADC12ON is less than ±0.5 LSB. The reference and input signal are already
settled.
Approximately 10 Tau (τ) are needed to get an error of less than ±0.5 LSB: tsample = ln(2n+2) x (RS + RI) x (CI + Cpext), where n = ADC
resolution =12, RS= external source resistance, Cpext = external parasitic capacitance.
Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 5-24. 12-Bit ADC, Linearity Parameters With External Reference (1)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
Resolution
Number of no missing code
output-code bits
EI
Integral linearity error (INL)
for differential input
1.2 V ≤ VR+ - VR-≤ AVCC
±1.8
LSB
EI
Integral linearity error (INL)
for single ended inputs
1.2 V ≤ VR+ - VR-≤ AVCC
±2.2
LSB
ED
Differential linearity error
(DNL)
+1.0
LSB
EO
Offset error (2)
mV
EG,ext
(3)
Gain error
12
bits
–0.99
ADC12VRSEL = 0x2 or 0x4 without TLV calibration,
TLV calibration data can be used to improve the
parameter (4)
±0.5
±1.5
With external voltage reference without internal buffer
(ADC12VRSEL = 0x2 or 0x4) without TLV calibration,
TLV calibration data can be used to improve the
parameter (4),
VR+ = 2.5 V, VR- = AVSS
±0.8
±2.5
LSB
With external voltage reference with internal buffer
(ADC12VRSEL = 0x3),
VR+ = 2.5 V, VR- = AVSS
ET,ext
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Total unadjusted error
±1
±20
With external voltage reference without internal buffer
(ADC12VRSEL = 0x2 or 0x4) without TLV calibration,
TLV calibration data can be used to improve the
parameter (4),
VR+ = 2.5 V, VR- = AVSS
±1.4
±3.5
With external voltage reference with internal buffer
(ADC12VRSEL = 0x3),
VR+ = 2.5 V, VR- = AVSS
±1.4
LSB
±21.0
See Table 5-26 and Table 5-32 electrical sections for more information on internal reference performance and refer to the application
report Designing With the MSP430FR59xx and MSP430FR58xx ADC (SLAA624) for details on optimizing ADC performance for your
application with the choice of internal versus external reference.
Offset is measured as the input voltage (at which ADC output transitions from 0 to 1) minus 0.5 LSB.
Offset increases as IR drop increases when VR- is AVSS.
For details, see the Device Descriptor Table section in the MSP430FR58xx, MSP430FR59xx, MSP430FR68xx, and MSP430FR69xx
Family User's Guide (SLAU367).
Table 5-25. 12-Bit ADC, Dynamic Performance for Differential Inputs With External Reference (1)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
MIN
TYP
SNR
Signal-to-noise
PARAMETER
VR+ = 2.5 V, VR- = AVSS
68
71
dB
ENOB
Effective number of bits (2)
VR+ = 2.5 V, VR- = AVSS
10.7
11.2
bits
(1)
(2)
TEST CONDITIONS
MAX
UNIT
See Table 5-26 and Table 5-32 electrical sections for more information on internal reference performance and refer to the application
report Designing With the MSP430FR59xx and MSP430FR58xx ADC (SLAA624) for details on optimizing ADC performance for your
application with the choice of internal versus external reference.
ENOB = (SINAD – 1.76) / 6.02
Table 5-26. 12-Bit ADC, Dynamic Performance for Differential Inputs With Internal Reference (1)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
ENOB
(1)
(2)
Effective number of bits
TEST CONDITIONS
(2)
VR+ = 2.5 V, VR- = AVSS
MIN
TYP
10.3
10.7
MAX
UNIT
Bits
See Table 5-32 electrical section for more information on internal reference performance and refer to the application report Designing
With the MSP430FR59xx and MSP430FR58xx ADC (SLAA624) for details on optimizing ADC performance for your application with the
choice of internal versus external reference.
ENOB = (SINAD – 1.76) / 6.02
Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
43
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 5-27. 12-Bit ADC, Dynamic Performance for Single-Ended Inputs With External Reference (1)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
SNR
ENOB
(1)
(2)
TEST CONDITIONS
Signal-to-noise
Effective number of bits
(2)
MIN
TYP
VR+ = 2.5 V, VR- = AVSS
64
68
MAX
UNIT
dB
VR+ = 2.5 V, VR- = AVSS
10.2
10.7
bits
See Table 5-28 and Table 5-32 electrical sections for more information on internal reference performance and refer to the application
report Designing With the MSP430FR59xx and MSP430FR58xx ADC (SLAA624) for details on optimizing ADC performance for your
application with the choice of internal versus external reference.
ENOB = (SINAD – 1.76) / 6.02
Table 5-28. 12-Bit ADC, Dynamic Performance for Single-Ended Inputs With Internal Reference (1)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
ENOB
(1)
(2)
TEST CONDITIONS
Effective number of bits
(2)
VR+ = 2.5 V, VR- = AVSS
MIN
TYP
9.4
10.4
MAX
UNIT
bits
See Table 5-32 electrical section for more information on internal reference performance and refer to the application report Designing
With the MSP430FR59xx and MSP430FR58xx ADC (SLAA624) for details on optimizing ADC performance for your application with the
choice of internal versus external reference.
ENOB = (SINAD – 1.76) / 6.02
Table 5-29. 12-Bit ADC, Dynamic Performance With 32.768-kHz Clock
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
ENOB
Effective number of bits (1)
MIN
TYP
MAX
10
UNIT
bits
ENOB = (SINAD – 1.76) / 6.02
Typical Temperature Sensor Voltage – mV
(1)
TEST CONDITIONS
Reduced performance with fADC12CLK from ACLK LFXT
32.768 kHz,
VR+ = 2.5 V, VR- = AVSS
950
900
850
800
750
700
650
600
550
500
-40
-20
0
20
40
60
80
Ambient Temperature – °C
Figure 5-20. Typical Temperature Sensor Voltage
44
Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 5-30. 12-Bit ADC, Temperature Sensor and Built-In V1/2
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VSENSOR
See
(1) (2)
ADC12ON = 1, ADC12TCMAP=1,
TA = 0°C
TCSENSOR
See
(2)
ADC12ON = 1, ADC12TCMAP = 1
tSENSOR(sample)
Sample time required if ADCTCMAP = 1 and
channel MAX–1 is selected (3)
ADC12ON = 1, ADC12TCMAP = 1,
Error of conversion result ≤ 1 LSB
V1/2
AVCC voltage divider for ADC12BATMAP = 1
on MAX input channel
ADC12ON = 1, ADC12BATMAP = 1
IV
Current for battery monitor during sample time
ADC12ON = 1, ADC12BATMAP = 1
Sample time required if ADC12BATMAP = 1
and channel MAX is selected (4)
ADC12ON = 1, ADC12BATMAP = 1
1/2
tV 1/2 (sample)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
MIN
TYP
MAX
700
mV
2.5
mV/°C
30
47.5%
UNIT
µs
50% 52.5%
38
63
1.7
µA
µs
The temperature sensor offset can be as much as ±30°C. A single-point calibration is recommended in order to minimize the offset error
of the built-in temperature sensor.
The device descriptor structure contains calibration values for 30°C ± 3°C and 85°C ± 3°C for each of the available reference voltage
levels. The sensor voltage can be computed as VSENSE = TCSENSOR * (Temperature, °C) + VSENSOR, where TCSENSOR and VSENSOR can
be computed from the calibration values for higher accuracy.
The typical equivalent impedance of the sensor is 250 kΩ. The sample time required includes the sensor-on time tSENSOR(on).
The on-time tV1/2(on) is included in the sampling time tV1/2(sample); no additional on time is needed.
Table 5-31. 12-Bit ADC, External Reference (1)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
VR+
Positive external reference voltage input VeREF+
or VeREF- based on ADC12VRSEL bit
VR+ > VR-
1.2
AVCC
V
VR-
Negative external reference voltage input
VeREF+ or VeREF- based on ADC12VRSEL bit
VR+ > VR-
0
1.2
V
(VR+ VR-)
Differential external reference voltage input
VR+ > VR-
1.2
AVCC
V
IVeREF+
IVeREF-
IVeREF+
IVeREF-
Static input current singled ended input mode
Static input current differential input mode
1.2 V ≤ VeREF+≤ VAVCC, VeREF- = 0 V
fADC12CLK = 5 MHz, ADC12SHTx = 1h,
ADC12DIF = 0, ADC12PWRMD = 0
±10
1.2 V ≤ VeREF+≤ VAVCC , VeREF- = 0 V
fADC12CLK = 5 MHz, ADC12SHTx = 8h,
ADC12DIF = 0, ADC12PWRMD = 01
±2.5
1.2 V ≤ VeREF+≤ VAVCC, VeREF- = 0 V
fADC12CLK = 5 MHz, ADC12SHTx = 1h,
ADC12DIF = 1, ADC12PWRMD = 0
±20
1.2 V ≤ VeREF+≤ VAVCC , VeREF- = 0 V
fADC12CLK = 5 MHz, ADC12SHTx = 8h,
ADC12DIF = 1, ADC12PWRMD = 1
±5
µA
µA
IVeREF+
Peak input current with single-ended input
0 V ≤ VeREF+ ≤ VAVCC, ADC12DIF = 0
1.5
mA
IVeREF+
Peak input current with differential input
0 V ≤ VeREF+ ≤ VAVCC, ADC12DIF = 1
3
mA
CVeREF+/-
Capacitance at VeREF+ or VeREF- terminal
See
(1)
(2)
(2)
10
µF
The external reference is used during ADC conversion to charge and discharge the capacitance array. The input capacitance, CI, is also
the dynamic load for an external reference during conversion. The dynamic impedance of the reference supply should follow the
recommendations on analog-source impedance to allow the charge to settle for 12-bit accuracy.
Two decoupling capacitors, 10 µF and 470 nF, should be connected to VeREF to decouple the dynamic current required for an external
reference source if it is used for the ADC12_B. See also the MSP430FR58xx, MSP430FR59xx, MSP430FR68xx, and MSP430FR69xx
Family User's Guide (SLAU367).
Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
45
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
5.12.5.5 Reference
Table 5-32. REF, Built-In Reference
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
Positive built-in reference
voltage output
VREF+
TEST CONDITIONS
TYP
2.7 V
2.5 ±1.5%
2.2 V
2.0 ±1.5%
REFVSEL = {0} for 1.2 V, REFON = 1
1.8 V
1.2 ±1.8%
VOS_BUF_INT
VREF ADC BUF_INT buffer TA = 25°C , ADC ON, REFVSEL = {0},
offset (2)
REFON = 1, REFOUT = 0
VOS_BUF_EXT
VREF ADC BUF_EXT
buffer offset (3)
AVCC(min)
AVCC minimum voltage,
Positive built-in reference
active
IREF+
Operating supply current
into AVCC terminal (4)
From 0.1 Hz to 10 Hz, REFVSEL = {0}
110
V
µV
–12
+12
mV
TA = 25°C, REFVSEL = {0} , REFOUT = 1,
REFON = 1 or ADC ON
–12
+12
mV
REFVSEL = {0} for 1.2 V
1.8
REFVSEL = {1} for 2.0 V
2.2
REFVSEL = {2} for 2.5 V
2.7
V
REFON = 1
3V
8
15
ADC ON, REFOUT = 0, REFVSEL = {0, 1, 2},
ADC12PWRMD = 0,
3V
225
355
ADC ON, REFOUT = 1, REFVSEL = {0, 1, 2},
ADC12PWRMD = 0
3V
1030
1660
ADC ON, REFOUT = 0, REFVSEL = {0, 1, 2},
ADC12PWRMD = 1
3V
120
185
ADC ON, REFOUT = 1, REFVSEL = {0, 1, 2},
ADC12PWRMD = 1
3V
545
895
ADC OFF, REFON=1, REFOUT=1,
REFVSEL = {0, 1, 2}
3V
1085
1780
VREF maximum load
current, VREF+ terminal
REFVSEL = {0, 1, 2}, AVCC = AVCC(min) for
each reference level,
REFON = REFOUT = 1
ΔVout/ΔIo
(VREF+)
Load-current regulation,
VREF+ terminal
REFVSEL = {0, 1, 2},
IO(VREF+) = +10 µA or –1000 µA,
AVCC = AVCC(min) for each reference level,
REFON = REFOUT = 1
CVREF+/-
Capacitance at VREF+ and
VREF- terminals
REFON = REFOUT = 1
TCREF+
Temperature coefficient of
built-in reference
REFVSEL = {0, 1, 2}, REFON = REFOUT = 1,
TA = –40°C to 85°C (5)
18
PSRR_DC
Power supply rejection ratio
(dc)
AVCC = AVCC (min) - AVCC(max), TA = 25°C,
REFVSEL = {0, 1, 2}, REFON = REFOUT = 1
120
PSRR_AC
Power supply rejection ratio
(ac)
dAVCC= 0.1 V at 1 kHz
3.0
tSETTLE
Settling time of reference
voltage (6)
AVCC = AVCC (min) - AVCC(max),
REFVSEL = {0, 1, 2}, REFON = 0 → 1
75
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
UNIT
600
IO(VREF+)
(1)
MAX
REFVSEL = {1} for 2.0 V, REFON = 1
RMS noise at VREF (1)
Operating supply current
into AVCC terminal (4)
MIN
REFVSEL = {2} for 2.5 V, REFON = 1
Noise
IREF+_ADC_BUF
VCC
–1000
+10
µA
µA
µA
2500 µV/mA
0
100
pF
50 ppm/K
400
µV/V
mV/V
80
µs
Internal reference noise affects ADC performance when ADC uses internal reference. Refer to the application report Designing With the
MSP430FR59xx and MSP430FR58xx ADC (SLAA624) for details on optimizing ADC performance for your application with the choice of
internal versus external reference.
Buffer offset affects ADC gain error and thus total unadjusted error.
Buffer offset affects ADC gain error and thus total unadjusted error.
The internal reference current is supplied through terminal AVCC.
Calculated using the box method: (MAX(–40°C to 85°C) – MIN(–40°C to 85°C)) / MIN(–40°C to 85°C)/(85°C – (–40°C)).
The condition is that the error in a conversion started after tREFON is less than ±0.5 LSB.
5.12.5.6 Comparator
46
Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 5-33. Comparator_E
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
MIN
CEPWRMD = 00, CEON = 1, CERSx = 00
(fast)
IAVCC_COMP
Comparator operating
supply current into AVCC,
excludes reference
resistor ladder
CEPWRMD = 01, CEON = 1, CERSx = 00
(medium)
CEPWRMD = 10, CEON = 1, CERSx = 00
(slow), TA = 30°C
2.2 V,
3.0 V
TYP
MAX
11
20
9
17
µA
0.5
CEPWRMD = 10, CEON = 1, CERSx = 00
(slow), TA = 85°C
IAVCC_REF
VREF
Quiescent current of
resistor ladder into AVCC,
including REF module
current
Reference voltage level
VIC
Common mode input
range
VOFFSET
Input offset voltage
CIN
Input capacitance
RSIN
Series input resistance
tPD
Propagation delay,
response time
CEREFLx = 01, CERSx = 10, REFON = 0,
CEON = 0, CEREFACC = 0
CEREFLx = 01, CERSx = 10, REFON = 0,
CEON = 0, CEREFACC = 1
1.3
2.2 V,
3.0 V
12
15
5
7
µA
CERSx = 11, CEREFLx = 01, CEREFACC = 0
1.8 V
1.17
1.2
1.23
CERSx = 11, CEREFLx = 10, CEREFACC = 0
2.2 V
1.92
2.0
2.08
CERSx = 11, CEREFLx = 11, CEREFACC = 0
2.7 V
2.40
2.5
2.60
CERSx = 11, CEREFLx = 01, CEREFACC = 1
1.8 V
1.10
1.2
1.245
CERSx = 11, CEREFLx = 10, CEREFACC = 1
2.2 V
1.90
2.0
2.08
CERSx = 11, CEREFLx = 11, CEREFACC = 1
2.7 V
2.35
2.5
2.60
0
VCC-1
CEPWRMD = 00
–32
32
CEPWRMD = 01
–32
32
CEPWRMD = 10
–30
9
CEPWRMD = 10
9
ON - switch closed
1
3
CEPWRMD = 00, CEF = 0, Overdrive ≥ 20 mV
tPD,filter
tEN_CMP
Comparator enable time
V
mV
260
330
CEPWRMD = 01, CEF = 0, Overdrive ≥ 20 mV
350
460
pF
50
kΩ
MΩ
CEPWRMD = 10, CEF = 0, Overdrive ≥ 20 mV
Propagation delay with
filter active
V
30
CEPWRMD = 00 or CEPWRMD = 01
OFF - switch open
UNIT
ns
15
µs
700
1000
ns
CEPWRMD = 00 or 01, CEF = 1,
Overdrive ≥ 20 mV, CEFDLY = 01
1.0
1.8
CEPWRMD = 00 or 01, CEF = 1,
Overdrive ≥ 20 mV, CEFDLY = 10
2.0
3.5
CEPWRMD = 00 or 01, CEF = 1,
Overdrive ≥ 20 mV, CEFDLY = 11
4.0
7.0
CEON = 0 → 1, VIN+, VIN- from pins,
Overdrive ≥ 20 mV, CEPWRMD = 00
0.9
1.5
CEON = 0 → 1, VIN+, VIN- from pins,
Overdrive ≥ 20 mV, CEPWRMD = 01
0.9
1.5
CEON = 0 → 1, VIN+, VIN- from pins,
Overdrive ≥ 20 mV, CEPWRMD = 10
15
100
CEPWRMD = 00 or 01, CEF = 1,
Overdrive ≥ 20 mV, CEFDLY = 00
Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
µs
µs
47
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Comparator_E (continued)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
tEN_CMP_VREF
tEN_CMP_RL
VCE_REF
TYP
MAX
CEON = 0 → 1, CEREFLX = 10, CERSx = 11,
REFON = 0, Overdrive ≥ 20 mV,
CEPWRMD = 00
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
MIN
1
2
CEON = 0 → 1, CEREFLX = 10, CERSx = 11,
REFON = 0, Overdrive ≥ 20 mV,
CEPWRMD = 01
1
2
10
50
CEON = 0 → 1, CEREFLX = 10, CERSx = 11,
REFON = 0, Overdrive ≥ 20 mV,
Comparator and reference CEPWRMD = 10
ladder and reference
CEON = 0 → 1, CEREFLX = 10, CERSx = 10,
voltage enable time
REFON = 0, CEREF0 = CEREF1 = 0x0F,
Overdrive ≥ 20 mV, CEPWRMD = 00
µs
2
5
CEON = 0 → 1, CEREFLX = 10, CERSx = 10,
REFON = 0, CEREF0 = CEREF1 = 0x0F,
Overdrive ≥ 20 mV, CEPWRMD = 01
2
5
CEON = 0 → 1, CEREFLX = 10, CERSx = 10,
REFON = 0, CEREF0 = CEREF1 = 0x0F,
Overdrive ≥ 20 mV, CEPWRMD = 10
10
50
CEON = 0 → 1, CEREFLX = 10, CERSx = 10,
REFON = 1, CEREF0 = CEREF1 = 0x0F,
Overdrive ≥ 20 mV, CEPWRMD = 00
1
2
CEON = 0 → 1, CEREFLX = 10, CERSx = 10,
Comparator and reference
REFON = 1, CEREF0 = CEREF1 = 0x0F,
ladder enable time
Overdrive ≥ 20 mV, CEPWRMD = 01
1
2
CEON = 0 → 1, CEREFLX = 10, CERSx = 10,
REFON = 1, CEREF0 = CEREF1 = 0x0F,
Overdrive ≥ 20 mV, CEPWRMD = 10
10
50
VIN ×
(n+1)
/32
VIN ×
(n+1.1)
/32
Reference voltage for a
given tap
UNIT
VIN ×
(n+0.9)
/32
VIN = reference into resistor ladder,
n = 0 to 31
µs
V
5.12.5.7 FRAM
Table 5-34. FRAM
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST
CONDITIONS
IWRITE
Data retention duration
TJ = 70°C
40
TJ = 85°C
10
cycles
years
nA
tREAD (3)
ns
Read time, NWAITSx=0
1/fSYSTEMS (4)
ns
Read time, NWAITSx=1
2/fSYSTEMS (4)
ns
Write time
48
100
nA
Erase current
(2)
(3)
(4)
10
TJ = 25°C
UNIT
(2)
tWRITE
(1)
MAX
IREAD (1)
Current to write into FRAM
IERASE
tREAD
TYP
15
Read and write endurance
tRetention
MIN
n/a
Writing to FRAM does not require a setup sequence or additional power when compared to reading from FRAM. The FRAM read
current IREAD is included in the active mode current consumption numbers IAM,FRAM.
FRAM does not require a special erase sequence.
Writing into FRAM is as fast as reading.
The maximum read (and write) speed is specified by fSYSTEMS using the appropriate wait state settings (NWAITSx).
Specifications
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
5.13 Emulation and Debug
Table 5-35. JTAG and Spy-Bi-Wire Interface
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST
CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
40
UNIT
IJTAG
Supply current adder when JTAG active (but not clocked)
2.2 V, 3.0 V
100
μA
fSBW
Spy-Bi-Wire input frequency
2.2 V, 3.0 V
0
10
MHz
tSBW,Low
Spy-Bi-Wire low clock pulse duration
2.2 V, 3.0 V
0.04
15
μs
tSBW, En
Spy-Bi-Wire enable time (TEST high to acceptance of first clock
edge) (1)
2.2 V, 3.0 V
110
μs
tSBW,Rst
Spy-Bi-Wire return to normal operation time
15
100
μs
2.2 V
0
16
MHz
3.0 V
0
16
MHz
2.2 V, 3.0 V
20
fTCK
TCK input frequency - 4-wire JTAG (2)
Rinternal
Internal pulldown resistance on TEST
50
kΩ
fTCLK
TCLK/MCLK frequency during JTAG access, no FRAM access
(limited by fSYSTEM)
16
MHz
tTCLK,Low/High
TCLK low or high clock pulse duration, no FRAM access
25
ns
fTCLK,FRAM
TCLK/MCLK frequency during JTAG access, including FRAM access
(limited by fSYSTEM with no FRAM wait states)
4
MHz
tTCLK,FRAM,Low/High
TCLK low or high clock pulse duration, including FRAM accesses
(1)
(2)
35
100
ns
Tools accessing the Spy-Bi-Wire interface need to wait for the tSBW,En time after pulling the TEST/SBWTCK pin high before applying the
first SBWTCK clock edge.
fTCK may be restricted to meet the timing requirements of the module selected.
Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
49
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
6 Detailed Description
6.1
Overview
The Texas Instruments MSP430FR59xx family of ultra-low-power microcontrollers consists of several
devices featuring different sets of peripherals. The architecture, combined with seven low-power modes is
optimized to achieve extended battery life for example in portable measurement applications. The devices
features a powerful 16-bit RISC CPU, 16-bit registers, and constant generators that contribute to
maximum code efficiency.
The MSP430FR59xx devices are microcontroller configurations with up to five 16-bit timers, Comparator,
universal serial communication interfaces (eUSCI) supporting UART, SPI, and I2C, hardware multiplier,
AES accelerator, DMA, real-time clock module with alarm capabilities, up to 40 I/O pins, and an highperformance 12-bit analog-to-digital converter (ADC).
6.2
CPU
The MSP430 CPU has a 16-bit RISC architecture that is highly transparent to the application. All
operations, other than program-flow instructions, are performed as register operations in conjunction with
seven addressing modes for source operand and four addressing modes for destination operand.
The CPU is integrated with 16 registers that provide reduced instruction execution time. The register-toregister operation execution time is one cycle of the CPU clock.
Four of the registers, R0 to R3, are dedicated as program counter, stack pointer, status register, and
constant generator, respectively. The remaining registers are general-purpose registers.
Peripherals are connected to the CPU using data, address, and control buses, and can be handled with all
instructions.
The instruction set consists of the original 51 instructions with three formats and seven address modes
and additional instructions for the expanded address range. Each instruction can operate on word and
byte data.
50
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
6.3
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Operating Modes
The MSP430 has one active mode and seven software selectable low-power modes of operation. An
interrupt event can wake up the device from low-power modes LPM0 through LPM4, service the request,
and restore back to the low-power mode on return from the interrupt program. Low-power modes LPM3.5
and LPM4.5 disable the core supply to minimize power consumption.
Table 6-1. Operating Modes
Mode
AM
Active,
FRAM
Off (1)
Active
Maximum System
Clock
Typical Current
Consumption,
TA = 25°C
16 MHz
103
µA/MHz
65
µA/MHz
LPM0
LPM1
LPM2
LPM3
LPM4
LPM3.5
LPM4.5
CPU Off (2)
CPU Off
Standby
Standby
Off
RTC only
16 MHz
16 MHz
50 kHz
50 kHz
0 (3)
50 kHz
70 µA at
1 MHz
35 µA at
1 MHz
0.7 µA
0.4 µA
0.3 µA
0.25 µA
0.2 µA
0.02 µA
250 µs
1000 µs
Shutdown
with SVS
Shutdown
without
SVS
0 (3)
Typical Wake-up
Time
N/A
instant
6 µs
6 µs
7 µs
7 µs
250 µs
Wake-Up Events
N/A
all
all
LF
I/O
Comp
LF
I/O
Comp
I/O
Comp
RTC
I/O
I/O
CPU
on
FRAM
on
off
(1)
off
off
off
off
off
reset
reset
standby
(or off (1))
off
off
off
off
off
off
High-Frequency
Peripherals
available
available
available
off
off
off
reset
reset
Low-Frequency
Peripherals
available
available
available
available
available (4)
off
RTC
reset
Unclocked
Peripherals (5)
available
available
available
available
available (4)
available (4)
reset
reset
MCLK
on
off
off
off
off
off
off
off
optional (6)
optional (6)
optional (6)
off
off
off
off
off
ACLK
on
on
on
on
on
off
off
off
Full Retention
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
no
SVS
always
always
always
optional (7)
optional (7)
optional (7)
optional (7)
Brownout
always
always
always
always
always
always
always
SMCLK
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
no
on (8)
off (9)
always
FRAM disabled in FRAM controller
Disabling the FRAM through the FRAM controller allows the application to lower the LPM current consumption but the wake-up time
increases as soon as FRAM is accessed (for example, to fetch an interrupt vector). For a non-FRAM wake-up (for example, DMA
transfer to RAM) the wake-up is not delayed.
All clocks disabled
See Section 6.3.1, which describes the use of peripherals in LPM3 and LPM4.
"Unclocked peripherals" are peripherals that do not require a clock source to operate; for example, the comparator and REF, or the
eUSCI when operated as an SPI slave.
Controlled by SMCLKOFF.
Activated SVS (SVSHE = 1) results in higher current consumption. SVS is not included in typical current consumption.
SVSHE = 1
SVSHE = 0
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
51
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
6.3.1
www.ti.com
Peripherals in LPM3 and LPM4
Most peripherals can be activated to be operational in LPM3 if clocked by ACLK. Some modules are
operational in LPM4, because they do not require a clock to operate (for example, the comparator).
Activating a peripheral in LPM3 or LPM4 increases the current consumption due to its active supply
current contribution but also due to an additional idle current. To limit the idle current adder, certain
peripherals are grouped together. To achieve optimal current consumption, use modules within one group
and limit the number of groups with active modules. The grouping is shown in Table 6-2. Modules not
listed in this table are either already included in the standard LPM3 current consumption or cannot be
used in LPM3 or LPM4.
The idle current adder is very small at room temperature (25°C) but increases at high temperatures
(85°C); refer to the IIDLE current parameters in the electrical characteristics section for details..
Table 6-2. Peripheral Groups
Group A
Group B
Timer TA1
Timer TA0
Timer TA2
Timer TA3
Timer TB0
Comparator
eUSCI_A0
ADC12_B
eUSCI_A1
REF_A
eUSCI_B0
6.4
Interrupt Vector Table and Signatures
The interrupt vectors, the power-up start address and signatures are located in the address range 0FFFFh
to 0FF80h. Table 6-3 summarizes the content of this address range.
The power-up start address or reset vector is located at 0FFFFh to 0FFFEh. It contains the 16-bit address
pointing to the start address of the application program.
The interrupt vectors start at 0FFFDh extending to lower addresses. Each vector contains the 16-bit
address of the appropriate interrupt-handler instruction sequence.
The vectors programmed into the address range from 0FFFFh to 0FFE0h are used as BSL password (if
enabled by the corresponding signature).
The signatures are located at 0FF80h extending to higher addresses. Signatures are evaluated during
device start-up. Starting from address 0FF88h extending to higher addresses a JTAG password can
programmed. The password can extend into the interrupt vector locations using the interrupt vector
addresses as additional bits for the password.
Refer to the chapter "System Resets, Interrupts, and Operating Modes, System Control Module (SYS)" in
the MSP430FR58xx, MSP430FR59xx, MSP430FR68xx, MSP430FR69xx Family User's Guide (SLAU367)
for details.
52
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-3. Interrupt Sources, Flags, Vectors, and Signatures
INTERRUPT SOURCE
System Reset
Power-Up, Brownout, Supply
Supervisor
External Reset RST
Watchdog Timeout (Watchdog
mode)
WDT, FRCTL MPU, CS,
PMM Password Violation
FRAM uncorrectable bit error
detection
MPU segment violation
FRAM access time error
Software POR, BOR
System NMI
Vacant Memory Access
JTAG Mailbox
FRAM bit error detection
MPU segment violation
(1)
(2)
(3)
INTERRUPT FLAG
SVSHIFG
PMMRSTIFG
WDTIFG
WDTPW, FRCTLPW, MPUPW, CSPW, PMMPW
UBDIFG
MPUSEGIIFG, MPUSEG1IFG, MPUSEG2IFG,
MPUSEG3IFG
ACCTEIFG
PMMPORIFG, PMMBORIFG
(SYSRSTIV) (1) (2)
VMAIFG
JMBNIFG, JMBOUTIFG
CBDIFG, UBDIFG
MPUSEGIIFG, MPUSEG1IFG, MPUSEG2IFG,
MPUSEG3IFG
(SYSSNIV) (1) (3)
SYSTEM
INTERRUPT
WORD
ADDRESS
PRIORITY
Reset
0FFFEh
highest
(Non)maskable
0FFFCh
User NMI
External NMI
Oscillator Fault
NMIIFG, OFIFG
(SYSUNIV) (1) (3)
(Non)maskable
0FFFAh
Comparator_E
CEIFG, CEIIFG
(CEIV) (1)
Maskable
0FFF8h
TB0
TB0CCR0.CCIFG
Maskable
0FFF6h
TB0
TB0CCR1.CCIFG ... TB0CCR6.CCIFG,
TB0CTL.TBIFG
(TB0IV) (1)
Maskable
0FFF4h
Watchdog Timer (Interval Timer
Mode)
WDTIFG
Maskable
0FFF2h
eUSCI_A0 Receive or Transmit
UCA0IFG: UCRXIFG, UCTXIFG (SPI mode)
UCA0IFG: UCSTTIFG, UCTXCPTIFG, UCRXIFG,
UCTXIFG (UART mode)
(UCA0IV) (1)
Maskable
0FFF0h
eUSCI_B0 Receive or Transmit
UCB0IFG: UCRXIFG, UCTXIFG (SPI mode)
UCB0IFG: UCALIFG, UCNACKIFG, UCSTTIFG,
UCSTPIFG, UCRXIFG0, UCTXIFG0, UCRXIFG1,
UCTXIFG1, UCRXIFG2, UCTXIFG2, UCRXIFG3,
UCTXIFG3, UCCNTIFG, UCBIT9IFG (I2C mode)
(UCB0IV) (1)
Maskable
0FFEEh
ADC12_B
ADC12IFG0 to ADC12IFG31
ADC12LOIFG, ADC12INIFG, ADC12HIIFG,
ADC12RDYIFG, ADC21OVIFG, ADC12TOVIFG
(ADC12IV) (1)
Maskable
0FFECh
TA0
TA0CCR0.CCIFG
Maskable
0FFEAh
TA0
TA0CCR1.CCIFG, TA0CCR2.CCIFG,
TA0CTL.TAIFG
(TA0IV) (1)
Maskable
0FFE8h
eUSCI_A1 Receive or Transmit
UCA1IFG: UCRXIFG, UCTXIFG (SPI mode)
UCA1IFG: UCSTTIFG, UCTXCPTIFG, UCRXIFG,
UCTXIFG (UART mode)
(UCA1IV) (1)
Maskable
0FFE6h
DMA
DMA0CTL.DMAIFG, DMA1CTL.DMAIFG,
DMA2CTL.DMAIFG
(DMAIV) (1)
Maskable
0FFE4h
TA1
TA1CCR0.CCIFG
Maskable
0FFE2h
Multiple source flags
A reset is generated if the CPU tries to fetch instructions from within peripheral space
(Non)maskable: the individual interrupt enable bit can disable an interrupt event, but the general interrupt enable cannot disable it.
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
53
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-3. Interrupt Sources, Flags, Vectors, and Signatures (continued)
INTERRUPT SOURCE
INTERRUPT FLAG
SYSTEM
INTERRUPT
WORD
ADDRESS
TA1
TA1CCR1.CCIFG, TA1CCR2.CCIFG,
TA1CTL.TAIFG
(TA1IV) (1)
Maskable
0FFE0h
I/O Port P1
P1IFG.0 to P1IFG.7
(P1IV) (1)
Maskable
0FFDEh
TA2
TA2CCR0.CCIFG
Maskable
0FFDCh
TA2
TA2CCR1.CCIFG
TA2CTL.TAIFG
(TA2IV) (1)
Maskable
0FFDAh
I/O Port P2
P2IFG.0 to P2IFG.7
(P2IV) (1)
Maskable
0FFD8h
TA3
TA3CCR0.CCIFG
Maskable
0FFD6h
TA3
TA3CCR1.CCIFG
TA3CTL.TAIFG
(TA3IV) (1)
Maskable
0FFD4h
I/O Port P3
P3IFG.0 to P3IFG.7
(P3IV) (1)
Maskable
0FFD2h
I/O Port P4
P4IFG.0 to P4IFG.2
(P4IV) (1)
Maskable
0FFD0h
RTC_B
RTCRDYIFG, RTCTEVIFG, RTCAIFG, RT0PSIFG,
RT1PSIFG, RTCOFIFG
(RTCIV) (1)
Maskable
0FFCEh
AES
AESRDYIFG
Maskable
0FFCCh
PRIORITY
lowest
0FFCAh
Reserved
Reserved (4)
⋮
0FF8Ch
Signatures (5)
(4)
(5)
(6)
54
IP Encapsulation Signature2 (4)
0FF8Ah
IP Encapsulation Signature1 (4) (6)
0FF88h
BSL Signature2
0FF86h
BSL Signature1
0FF84h
JTAG Signature2
0FF82h
JTAG Signature1
0FF80h
May contain a JTAG password required to enable JTAG access to the device.
Signatures are evaluated during device start-up. See the "System Resets, Interrupts, and Operating Modes, System Control Module
(SYS)" chapter in the MSP430FR58xx, MSP430FR59xx, MSP430FR68xx, MSP430FR69xx Family User's Guide (SLAU367) for details.
Must not contain 0AAAAh if used as JTAG password and IP encapsulation functionality is not desired.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
6.5
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Memory Organization
Table 6-4 summarizes the memory organization for all device variants.
Table 6-4. Memory Organization (1)
MSP430FR59x9
MSP430FR59x8
MSP430FR59x7
63KB
00FFFFh-00FF80h
013FFFh-004400h
47KB
00FFFFh-00FF80h
00FF7Fh-004400h
32KB
00FFFFh-00FF80h
00FF7Fh-008000h
RAM
2KB
0023FFh-001C00h
2KB
0023FFh-001C00h
1KB
001FFFh-001C00h
Device Descriptor Info
(TLV) (FRAM)
256 B
001AFFh-001A00h
256 B
001AFFh-001A00h
256 B
001AFFh-001A00h
Info A
128 B
0019FFh-001980h
128 B
0019FFh-001980h
128 B
0019FFh-001980h
Info B
128 B
00197Fh-001900h
128 B
00197Fh-001900h
128 B
00197Fh-001900h
Info C
128 B
0018FFh-001880h
128 B
0018FFh-001880h
128 B
0018FFh-001880h
Info D
128 B
00187Fh-001800h
128 B
00187Fh-001800h
128 B
00187Fh-001800h
BSL 3
512 B
0017FFh-001600h
512 B
0017FFh-001600h
512 B
0017FFh-001600h
BSL 2
512 B
0015FFh-001400h
512 B
0015FFh-001400h
512 B
0015FFh-001400h
BSL 1
512 B
0013FFh-001200h
512 B
0013FFh-001200h
512 B
0013FFh-001200h
BSL 0
512 B
0011FFh-001000h
512 B
0011FFh-001000h
512 B
0011FFh-001000h
4KB
000FFFh-0h
4KB
000FFFh-0h
4KB
000FFFh-0h
Memory (FRAM)
Main: interrupt vectors
and signatures
Main: code memory
Information memory
(FRAM)
Bootstrap loader (BSL)
memory (ROM)
Peripherals
(1)
6.6
Total Size
Size
All address space not listed is considered vacant memory.
Bootstrap Loader (BSL)
The BSL enables users to program the FRAM or RAM using a UART serial interface (FRxxxx devices) or
an I2C interface (FRxxxx1 devices). Access to the device memory through the BSL is protected by an
user-defined password. Use of the BSL requires four pins as shown in Table 6-5. BSL entry requires a
specific entry sequence on the RST/NMI/SBWTDIO and TEST/SBWTCK pins. For a complete description
of the features of the BSL and its implementation, see the MSP430 Programming Via the Bootstrap
Loader User's Guide (SLAU319).
Table 6-5. BSL Pin Requirements and Functions
DEVICE SIGNAL
BSL FUNCTION
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
Entry sequence signal
TEST/SBWTCK
Entry sequence signal
P2.0
Devices with UART BSL (FRxxxx): Data transmit
P2.1
Devices with UART BSL (FRxxxx): Data receive
P1.6
Devices with I2C BSL (FRxxxx1): Data
P1.7
Devices with I2C BSL (FRxxxx1): Clock
VCC
Power supply
VSS
Ground supply
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
55
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
6.7
6.7.1
www.ti.com
JTAG Operation
JTAG Standard Interface
The MSP430 family supports the standard JTAG interface which requires four signals for sending and
receiving data. The JTAG signals are shared with general-purpose I/O. The TEST/SBWTCK pin is used to
enable the JTAG signals. In addition to these signals, the RST/NMI/SBWTDIO is required to interface with
MSP430 development tools and device programmers. The JTAG pin requirements are shown in Table 66. For further details on interfacing to development tools and device programmers, see the MSP430
Hardware Tools User's Guide (SLAU278). For a complete description of the features of the JTAG interface
and its implementation, see MSP430 Programming Via the JTAG Interface (SLAU320).
Table 6-6. JTAG Pin Requirements and Functions
6.7.2
DEVICE SIGNAL
DIRECTION
FUNCTION
PJ.3/TCK
IN
JTAG clock input
PJ.2/TMS
IN
JTAG state control
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK
IN
JTAG data input, TCLK input
PJ.0/TDO
OUT
JTAG data output
TEST/SBWTCK
IN
Enable JTAG pins
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
IN
External reset
VCC
Power supply
VSS
Ground supply
Spy-Bi-Wire Interface
In addition to the standard JTAG interface, the MSP430 family supports the two wire Spy-Bi-Wire
interface. Spy-Bi-Wire can be used to interface with MSP430 development tools and device programmers.
The Spy-Bi-Wire interface pin requirements are shown in Table 6-7. For further details on interfacing to
development tools and device programmers, see the MSP430 Hardware Tools User's Guide (SLAU278).
For a complete description of the features of the JTAG interface and its implementation, see MSP430
Programming Via the JTAG Interface (SLAU320).
Table 6-7. Spy-Bi-Wire Pin Requirements and Functions
56
DEVICE SIGNAL
DIRECTION
FUNCTION
TEST/SBWTCK
IN
Spy-Bi-Wire clock input
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
IN, OUT
Spy-Bi-Wire data input and output
Detailed Description
VCC
Power supply
VSS
Ground supply
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
6.8
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
FRAM Memory
The FRAM memory can be programmed through the JTAG port, Spy-Bi-Wire (SBW), the BSL, or insystem by the CPU. Features of the FRAM memory include:
• Ultra-low-power ultra-fast-write nonvolatile memory
• Byte and word access capability
• Programmable wait state generation
• Error correction coding (ECC)
NOTE
Wait States
For MCLK frequencies > 8 MHz, wait states must be configured following the flow
described in the "Wait State Control" section of the "FRAM Controller (FRCTRL)"
chapter in the MSP430FR58xx, MSP430FR59xx, MSP430FR68xx, MSP430FR69xx
Family User's Guide (SLAU367).
For important software design information regarding FRAM including but not limited to partitioning the
memory layout according to application-specific code, constant, and data space requirements, the use of
FRAM to optimize application energy consumption, and the use of the Memory Protection Unit (MPU) to
maximize application robustness by protecting the program code against unintended write accesses, see
the application report MSP430™ FRAM Technology – How To and Best Practices (SLAA628).
6.9
Memory Protection Unit Including IP Encapsulation
The FRAM memory can be protected from inadvertent CPU execution, read access, or write access by
the MPU. Features of the MPU include:
• IP encapsulation with programmable boundaries in steps of 1KB (prevents reads from "outside"; for
example, JTAG or non-IP software).
• Main memory partitioning is programmable up to three segments in steps of 1KB.
• Each segment's access rights can be individually selected (main and information memory).
• Access violation flags with interrupt capability for easy servicing of access violations.
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
57
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
6.10 Peripherals
Peripherals are connected to the CPU through data, address, and control buses. Peripherals can be
handled using all instructions. For complete module descriptions, see the MSP430FR58xx,
MSP430FR59xx, MSP430FR68xx, MSP430FR69xx Family User's Guide (SLAU367).
6.10.1 Digital I/O
There are up to four 8-bit I/O ports implemented:
• All individual I/O bits are independently programmable.
• Any combination of input, output, and interrupt conditions is possible.
• Programmable pullup or pulldown on all ports.
• Edge-selectable interrupt and LPM3.5 and LPM4.5 wakeup input capability is available for all ports.
• Read and write access to port control registers is supported by all instructions.
• Ports can be accessed byte-wise or word-wise in pairs.
• Capacitive Touch functionality is supported on all pins of ports P1, P2, P3, P4, and PJ.
• No cross-currents during start-up.
NOTE
Configuration of Digital I/Os After BOR Reset
To prevent any cross currents during start-up of the device, all port pins are highimpedance with Schmitt triggers, and their module functions disabled. To enable
the I/O functionality after a BOR reset, the ports must be configured first and then
the LOCKLPM5 bit must be cleared. For details, refer to the "Configuration After
Reset" section of the "Digital I/O" chapter in the MSP430FR58xx, MSP430FR59xx,
MSP430FR68xx, MSP430FR69xx Family User's Guide (SLAU367).
6.10.2 Oscillator and Clock System (CS)
The clock system includes support for a 32-kHz watch-crystal oscillator XT1 (LF), an internal very-lowpower low-frequency oscillator (VLO), an integrated internal digitally controlled oscillator (DCO), and a
high-frequency crystal oscillator XT2 (HF). The clock system module is designed to meet the requirements
of both low system cost and low power consumption. A fail-safe mechanism exists for all crystal sources.
The clock system module provides the following clock signals:
• Auxiliary clock (ACLK). ACLK can be sourced from a 32-kHz watch crystal (LFXT1), the internal lowfrequency oscillator (VLO), or a digital external low-frequency (<50 kHz) clock source.
• Main clock (MCLK), the system clock used by the CPU. MCLK can be sourced from a high-frequency
crystal (HFXT2), the internal digitally controlled oscillator DCO, a 32-kHz watch crystal (LFXT1), the
internal low-frequency oscillator (VLO), or a digital external clock source.
• Sub-Main clock (SMCLK), the subsystem clock used by the peripheral modules. SMCLK can be
sourced by same sources made available to MCLK.
6.10.3 Power-Management Module (PMM)
The primary functions of the PMM are:
•
•
•
58
Supply regulated voltages to the core logic
Supervise voltages that are connected to the device (at DVCC pins)
Give reset signals to the device during power-on and power-off
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
6.10.4 Hardware Multiplier (MPY)
The multiplication operation is supported by a dedicated peripheral module. The module performs
operations with 32-bit, 24-bit, 16-bit, and 8-bit operands. The module supports signed multiplication,
unsigned multiplication, signed multiply-and-accumulate, and unsigned multiply-and-accumulate
operations.
6.10.5 Real-Time Clock (RTC_B) (Only MSP430FR596x and MSP430FR594x)
The RTC_B module contains an integrated real-time clock (RTC). It integrates an internal calendar that
compensates for months with less than 31 days and includes leap year correction. The RTC_B also
supports flexible alarm functions and offset-calibration hardware. RTC operation is available in LPM3.5
modes to minimize power consumption.
6.10.6 Watchdog Timer (WDT_A)
The primary function of the WDT_A module is to perform a controlled system restart if a software problem
occurs. If the selected time interval expires, a system reset is generated. If the watchdog function is not
needed in an application, the module can be configured as an interval timer and can generate interrupts at
selected time intervals.
Table 6-8. WDT_A Clocks
WDTSSELx
NORMAL OPERATION
(WATCHDOG AND INTERVAL TIMER MODE)
00
SMCLK
01
ACLK
10
VLOCLK
11
LFMODCLK
6.10.7 System Module (SYS)
The SYS module manages many of the system functions within the device. These include power on reset
(POR) and power up clear (PUC) handling, NMI source selection and management, reset interrupt vector
generators, bootstrap loader (BSL) entry mechanisms, and configuration management (device
descriptors). The SYS module also includes a data exchange mechanism through JTAG called a JTAG
mailbox that can be used in the application.
Table 6-9. System Module Interrupt Vector Registers
INTERRUPT VECTOR
REGISTER
ADDRESS
INTERRUPT EVENT
VALUE
SYSRSTIV, System Reset
019Eh
No interrupt pending
00h
Brownout (BOR)
02h
RSTIFG RST/NMI (BOR)
04h
PMMSWBOR software BOR (BOR)
06h
LPMx.5 wakeup (BOR)
08h
Security violation (BOR)
0Ah
Reserved
0Ch
SVSHIFG SVSH event (BOR)
0Eh
Reserved
10h
Reserved
12h
PMMSWPOR software POR (POR)
14h
WDTIFG watchdog timeout (PUC)
16h
WDTPW password violation (PUC)
18h
PRIORITY
Highest
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
59
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-9. System Module Interrupt Vector Registers (continued)
INTERRUPT VECTOR
REGISTER
ADDRESS
INTERRUPT EVENT
FRCTLPW password violation (PUC)
1Ah
Uncorrectable FRAM bit error detection (PUC)
1Ch
Peripheral area fetch (PUC)
1Eh
PMMPW PMM password violation (PUC)
20h
MPUPW MPU password violation (PUC)
22h
CSPW CS password violation (PUC)
24h
MPUSEGPIFG encapsulated IP memory segment violation
(PUC)
26h
MPUSEGIIFG information memory segment violation (PUC)
28h
MPUSEG1IFG segment 1 memory violation (PUC)
2Ah
MPUSEG2IFG segment 2 memory violation (PUC)
2Ch
MPUSEG3IFG segment 3 memory violation (PUC)
2Eh
ACCTEIFG access time error (PUC)
SYSSNIV, System NMI
SYSUNIV, User NMI
(1)
019Ch
019Ah
VALUE
(1)
PRIORITY
30h
Reserved
32h to 3Eh
No interrupt pending
00h
Reserved
02h
Uncorrectable FRAM bit error detection
04h
Reserved
06h
MPUSEGPIFG encapsulated IP memory segment violation
08h
MPUSEGIIFG information memory segment violation
0Ah
MPUSEG1IFG segment 1 memory violation
0Ch
MPUSEG2IFG segment 2 memory violation
0Eh
MPUSEG3IFG segment 3 memory violation
10h
VMAIFG Vacant memory access
12h
JMBINIFG JTAG mailbox input
14h
JMBOUTIFG JTAG mailbox output
16h
Correctable FRAM bit error detection
18h
Reserved
1Ah to
1Eh
No interrupt pending
00h
NMIFG NMI pin
02h
OFIFG oscillator fault
04h
Reserved
06h
Reserved
08h
Reserved
0Ah to
1Eh
Lowest
Highest
Lowest
Highest
Lowest
Indicates incorrect wait state settings.
6.10.8 DMA Controller
The DMA controller allows movement of data from one memory address to another without CPU
intervention. For example, the DMA controller can be used to move data from the ADC12_B conversion
memory to RAM. Using the DMA controller can increase the throughput of peripheral modules. The DMA
controller reduces system power consumption by allowing the CPU to remain in sleep mode, without
having to awaken to move data to or from a peripheral.
60
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-10. DMA Trigger Assignments (1)
TRIGGER
CHANNEL 0
CHANNEL 1
0
DMAREQ
DMAREQ
DMAREQ
1
TA0CCR0 CCIFG
TA0CCR0 CCIFG
TA0CCR0 CCIFG
2
TA0CCR2 CCIFG
TA0CCR2 CCIFG
TA0CCR2 CCIFG
3
TA1CCR0 CCIFG
TA1CCR0 CCIFG
TA1CCR0 CCIFG
4
TA1CCR2 CCIFG
TA1CCR2 CCIFG
TA1CCR2 CCIFG
5
TA2CCR0 CCIFG
TA2CCR0 CCIFG
TA2CCR0 CCIFG
6
TA3CCR0 CCIFG
TA3CCR0 CCIFG
TA3CCR0 CCIFG
7
TB0CCR0 CCIFG
TB0CCR0 CCIFG
TB0CCR0 CCIFG
8
TB0CCR2 CCIFG
TB0CCR2 CCIFG
TB0CCR2 CCIFG
Reserved
9
Reserved
Reserved
10
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
11
AES Trigger 0
AES Trigger 0
AES Trigger 0
12
AES Trigger 1
AES Trigger 1
AES Trigger 1
13
AES Trigger 2
AES Trigger 2
AES Trigger 2
14
UCA0RXIFG
UCA0RXIFG
UCA0RXIFG
15
UCA0TXIFG
UCA0TXIFG
UCA0TXIFG
16
UCA1RXIFG
UCA1RXIFG
UCA1RXIFG
17
UCA1TXIFG
UCA1TXIFG
UCA1TXIFG
18
UCB0RXIFG (SPI)
UCB0RXIFG0 (I2C)
UCB0RXIFG (SPI)
UCB0RXIFG0 (I2C)
UCB0RXIFG (SPI)
UCB0RXIFG0 (I2C)
19
UCB0TXIFG (SPI)
UCB0TXIFG0 (I2C)
UCB0TXIFG (SPI)
UCB0TXIFG0 (I2C)
UCB0TXIFG (SPI)
UCB0TXIFG0 (I2C)
20
UCB0RXIFG1 (I2C)
UCB0RXIFG1 (I2C)
UCB0RXIFG1 (I2C)
21
22
(1)
CHANNEL 2
2
UCB0TXIFG1 (I C)
2
UCB0RXIFG2 (I C)
2
2
UCB0TXIFG1 (I2C)
2
UCB0RXIFG2 (I2C)
2
UCB0TXIFG1 (I C)
UCB0RXIFG2 (I C)
23
UCB0TXIFG2 (I C)
UCB0TXIFG2 (I C)
UCB0TXIFG2 (I2C)
24
UCB0RXIFG3 (I2C)
UCB0RXIFG3 (I2C)
UCB0RXIFG3 (I2C)
2
2
25
UCB0TXIFG3 (I C)
UCB0TXIFG3 (I C)
UCB0TXIFG3 (I2C)
26
ADC12 end of conversion
ADC12 end of conversion
ADC12 end of conversion
27
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
28
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
29
MPY ready
MPY ready
MPY ready
30
DMA2IFG
DMA0IFG
DMA1IFG
31
DMAE0
DMAE0
DMAE0
If a reserved trigger source is selected, no trigger is generated.
6.10.9 Enhanced Universal Serial Communication Interface (eUSCI)
The eUSCI modules are used for serial data communication. The eUSCI module supports synchronous
communication protocols such as SPI (3 or 4 pin) and I2C, and asynchronous communication protocols
such as UART, enhanced UART with automatic baudrate detection, and IrDA.
The eUSCI_An module provides support for SPI (3 pin or 4 pin), UART, enhanced UART, and IrDA.
The eUSCI_Bn module provides support for SPI (3 pin or 4 pin) and I2C.
Two eUSCI_A modules and one eUSCI_B module are implemented.
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
61
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
6.10.10 TA0, TA1
TA0 and TA1 are 16-bit timers and counters (Timer_A type) with three capture/compare registers each.
Each can support multiple captures or compares, PWM outputs, and interval timing. Each has extensive
interrupt capabilities. Interrupts may be generated from the counter on overflow conditions and from each
of the capture/compare registers.
Table 6-11. TA0 Signal Connections
INPUT PORT PIN
P1.2
DEVICE INPUT
SIGNAL
MODULE INPUT
SIGNAL
TA0CLK
TACLK
ACLK (internal)
ACLK
SMCLK (internal)
SMCLK
P1.2
TA0CLK
INCLK
P1.6
TA0.0
CCI0A
P2.3
TA0.0
CCI0B
DVSS
GND
P1.0
P1.1
MODULE
BLOCK
MODULE
OUTPUT
SIGNAL
DEVICE
OUTPUT
SIGNAL
Timer
N/A
N/A
OUTPUT PORT PIN
P1.6
CCR0
TA0
P2.3
TA0.0
DVCC
VCC
TA0.1
CCI1A
P1.0
COUT (internal)
CCI1B
ADC12(internal)
ADC12SHSx = {1}
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
TA0.2
CCI2A
ACLK (internal)
CCI2B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
CCR1
TA1
TA0.1
P1.1
CCR2
TA2
TA0.2
Table 6-12. TA1 Signal Connections
INPUT PORT PIN
P1.1
MODULE INPUT
SIGNAL
TA1CLK
TACLK
ACLK (internal)
ACLK
SMCLK (internal)
SMCLK
P1.1
TA1CLK
INCLK
P1.7
TA1.0
CCI0A
TA1.0
CCI0B
DVSS
GND
P2.4
P1.2
P1.3
62
DEVICE INPUT
SIGNAL
DVCC
VCC
TA1.1
CCI1A
COUT (internal)
CCI1B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
TA1.2
CCI2A
ACLK (internal)
CCI2B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
Detailed Description
MODULE
BLOCK
MODULE
OUTPUT
SIGNAL
DEVICE
OUTPUT
SIGNAL
Timer
N/A
N/A
OUTPUT PORT PIN
P1.7
CCR0
TA0
P2.4
TA1.0
P1.2
CCR1
TA1
TA1.1
ADC12(internal)
ADC12SHSx = {4}
P1.3
CCR2
TA2
TA1.2
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
6.10.11 TA2, TA3
TA2 and TA3 are 16-bit timers and counters (Timer_A type) with two capture/compare registers each and
with internal connections only. Each can support multiple captures or compares, PWM outputs, and
interval timing. Each has extensive interrupt capabilities. Interrupts may be generated from the counter on
overflow conditions and from each of the capture/compare registers.
Table 6-13. TA2 Signal Connections
DEVICE INPUT SIGNAL
MODULE INPUT NAME
COUT (internal)
TACLK
ACLK (internal)
ACLK
SMCLK (internal)
SMCLK
From Capacitive Touch IO
0 (internal)
INCLK
TA3 CCR0 output
(internal)
CCI0A
ACLK (internal)
CCI0B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
From Capacitive Touch IO
0 (internal)
CCI1A
COUT (internal)
CCI1B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
MODULE BLOCK
MODULE OUTPUT
SIGNAL
Timer
N/A
DEVICE OUTPUT
SIGNAL
TA3 CCI0A input
CCR0
TA0
ADC12(internal)
ADC12SHSx = {5}
CCR1
TA1
Table 6-14. TA3 Signal Connections
DEVICE INPUT SIGNAL
MODULE INPUT NAME
COUT (internal)
TACLK
ACLK (internal)
ACLK
SMCLK (internal)
SMCLK
From Capacitive Touch IO
1 (internal)
INCLK
TA2 CCR0 output
(internal)
CCI0A
ACLK (internal)
CCI0B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
From Capacitive Touch IO
1 (internal)
CCI1A
COUT (internal)
CCI1B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
MODULE BLOCK
MODULE OUTPUT
SIGNAL
Timer
N/A
DEVICE OUTPUT
SIGNAL
TA2 CCI0A input
CCR0
TA0
ADC12(internal)
ADC12SHSx = {6}
CCR1
TA1
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
63
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
6.10.12 TB0
TB0 is a 16-bit timer and counter (Timer_B type) with seven capture/compare registers. It can support
multiple captures or compares, PWM outputs, and interval timing. It has extensive interrupt capabilities.
Interrupts may be generated from the counter on overflow conditions and from each of the
capture/compare registers.
Table 6-15. TB0 Signal Connections
INPUT PORT PIN
P2.0
DEVICE INPUT
SIGNAL
MODULE INPUT
SIGNAL
TB0CLK
TBCLK
ACLK (internal)
ACLK
SMCLK (internal)
SMCLK
P2.0
TB0CLK
INCLK
P2.1
TB0.0
CCI0A
P2.5
TB0.0
CCI0B
DVSS
P1.4
P1.5
DVCC
VCC
TB0.1
CCI1A
COUT (internal)
CCI1B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
TB0.2
CCI2A
ACLK (internal)
CCI2B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
P3.4
TB0.3
CCI3A
P1.6
TB0.3
CCI3B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
P3.5
TB0.4
CCI4A
P1.7
TB0.4
CCI4B
DVSS
GND
P3.6
P4.4
P3.7
P2.0
64
GND
DVCC
VCC
TB0.5
CCI5A
TB0.5
CCI5B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
TB0.6
CCI6A
TB0.6
CCI6B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
Detailed Description
MODULE
BLOCK
MODULE
OUTPUT
SIGNAL
DEVICE
OUTPUT
SIGNAL
Timer
N/A
N/A
OUTPUT PORT PIN
P2.1
P2.5
CCR0
TB0
TB0.0
ADC12 (internal)
ADC12SHSx = {2}
P1.4
P2.6
CCR1
TB1
TB0.1
ADC12 (internal)
ADC12SHSx = {3}
P1.5
CCR2
TB2
TB0.2
P2.2
P3.4
CCR3
TB3
TB0.3
P1.6
P3.5
CCR4
TB4
TB0.4
P1.7
P3.6
CCR5
TB5
TB0.5
P4.4
P3.7
CCR6
TB6
TB0.6
P2.0
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
6.10.13 ADC12_B
The ADC12_B module supports fast 12-bit analog-to-digital conversions with differential and single-ended
inputs. The module implements a 12-bit SAR core, sample select control, reference generator, and a
conversion result buffer. A window comparator with a lower and upper limit allows CPU-independent result
monitoring with three window comparator interrupt flags.
The external trigger sources available are summarized in Table 6-16.
The available multiplexing between internal and external analog inputs is listed in Table 6-17.
Table 6-16. ADC12_B Trigger Signal Connections
ADC12SHSx
BINARY
DECIMAL
CONNECTED TRIGGER
SOURCE
000
0
Software (ADC12SC)
001
1
TA0 CCR1 output
010
2
TB0 CCR0 output
011
3
TB0 CCR1 output
100
4
TA1 CCR1 output
101
5
TA2 CCR1 output
110
6
TA3 CCR1 output
111
7
Reserved (DVSS)
Table 6-17. ADC12_B External and Internal Signal Mapping
CONTROL BIT IN ADC12CTL3
REGISTER
EXTERNAL ADC INPUT
(CONTROL BIT = 0)
ADC12BATMAP
A31
Battery Monitor
ADC12TCMAP
A30
Temperature Sensor
ADC12CH0MAP
A29
N/A (1)
ADC12CH1MAP
A28
N/A (1)
ADC12CH2MAP
A27
N/A (1)
ADC12CH3MAP
A26
N/A (1)
(1)
INTERNAL ADC INPUT
(CONTROL BIT = 1)
N/A = No internal signal is available on this device.
6.10.14 Comparator_E
The primary function of the Comparator_E module is to support precision slope analog-to-digital
conversions, battery voltage supervision, and monitoring of external analog signals.
6.10.15 CRC16
The CRC16 module produces a signature based on a sequence of entered data values and can be used
for data checking purposes. The CRC16 module signature is based on the CRC-CCITT standard.
6.10.16 AES256 Accelerator
The AES accelerator module performs encryption and decryption of 128-bit data with 128-bit, 192-bit, or
256-bit keys according to the Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) (FIPS PUB 197) in hardware.
6.10.17 True Random Seed
The Device Descriptor Information (TLV) section contains a 128-bit true random seed that can be used to
implement a deterministic random number generator.
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
65
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
6.10.18 Shared Reference (REF)
The REF module is responsible for generation of all critical reference voltages that can be used by the
various analog peripherals in the device.
6.10.19 Embedded Emulation
Embedded Emulation Module (EEM)
The EEM supports real-time in-system debugging. The S version of the EEM that is implemented on all
devices has the following features:
• Three hardware triggers or breakpoints on memory access
• One hardware trigger or breakpoint on CPU register write access
• Up to four hardware triggers can be combined to form complex triggers or breakpoints
• One cycle counter
• Clock control on module level
EnergyTrace++™ Technology
The devices implement circuitry to support EnergyTrace++ technology. The EnergyTrace++ technology
allows you to observe information about the internal states of the microcontroller. These states include the
CPU Program Counter (PC), the ON or OFF status of the peripherals and the system clocks (regardless of
the clock source), and the low-power mode currently in use. These states can always be read by a debug
tool, even when the microcontroller sleeps in LPMx.5 modes.
The activity of the following modules can be observed:
• MPY is calculating.
• WDT is counting.
• RTC is counting.
• ADC: a sequence, sample, or conversion is active.
• REF: REFBG or REFGEN active and BG in static mode.
• COMP is on.
• AES is encrypting or decrypting.
• eUSCI_A0 is transferring (receiving or transmitting) data.
• eUSCI_A1 is transferring (receiving or transmitting) data.
• eUSCI_B0 is transferring (receiving or transmitting) data.
• TB0 is counting.
• TA0 is counting.
• TA1 is counting.
• TA2 is counting.
• TA3 is counting.
66
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
6.10.20 Peripheral File Map
For complete module register descriptions, see the MSP430FR58xx, MSP430FR59xx, MSP430FR68xx,
MSP430FR69xx Family User's Guide (SLAU367).
Table 6-18. Peripherals
MODULE NAME
BASE ADDRESS
OFFSET ADDRESS
RANGE
Special Functions (see Table 6-19)
0100h
000h-01Fh
PMM (see Table 6-20)
0120h
000h-01Fh
FRAM Control (see Table 6-21)
0140h
000h-00Fh
CRC16 (see Table 6-22)
0150h
000h-007h
Watchdog (see Table 6-23)
015Ch
000h-001h
CS (see Table 6-24)
0160h
000h-00Fh
SYS (see Table 6-25)
0180h
000h-01Fh
Shared Reference (see Table 6-26)
01B0h
000h-001h
Port P1, P2 (see Table 6-27)
0200h
000h-01Fh
Port P3, P4 (see Table 6-28)
0220h
000h-01Fh
Port PJ (see Table 6-29)
0320h
000h-01Fh
TA0 (see Table 6-30)
0340h
000h-02Fh
TA1 (see Table 6-31)
0380h
000h-02Fh
TB0 (see Table 6-32)
03C0h
000h-02Fh
TA2 (see Table 6-33)
0400h
000h-02Fh
Capacitive Touch IO 0 (see Table 6-34)
0430h
000h-00Fh
TA3 (see Table 6-35)
0440h
000h-02Fh
Capacitive Touch IO 1 (see Table 6-36)
0470h
000h-00Fh
Real-Time Clock (RTC_B) (see Table 6-37)
04A0h
000h-01Fh
32-Bit Hardware Multiplier (see Table 6-38)
04C0h
000h-02Fh
DMA General Control (see Table 6-39)
0500h
000h-00Fh
DMA Channel 0 (see Table 6-39)
0510h
000h-00Fh
DMA Channel 1 (see Table 6-39)
0520h
000h-00Fh
DMA Channel 2 (see Table 6-39)
0530h
000h-00Fh
MPU Control (see Table 6-40)
05A0h
000h-00Fh
eUSCI_A0 (see Table 6-41)
05C0h
000h-01Fh
eUSCI_A1 (see Table 6-42)
05E0h
000h-01Fh
eUSCI_B0 (see Table 6-43)
0640h
000h-02Fh
ADC12_B (see Table 6-44)
0800h
000h-09Fh
Comparator_E (see Table 6-45)
08C0h
000h-00Fh
AES (see Table 6-46)
09C0h
000h-00Fh
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
67
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-19. Special Function Registers (Base Address: 0100h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
SFR interrupt enable
SFRIE1
00h
SFR interrupt flag
SFRIFG1
02h
SFR reset pin control
SFRRPCR
04h
Table 6-20. PMM Registers (Base Address: 0120h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
PMM Control 0
PMMCTL0
00h
PMM interrupt flags
PMMIFG
0Ah
PM5 Control 0
PM5CTL0
10h
Table 6-21. FRAM Control Registers (Base Address: 0140h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
FRAM control 0
FRCTL0
00h
General control 0
GCCTL0
04h
General control 1
GCCTL1
06h
Table 6-22. CRC16 Registers (Base Address: 0150h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
CRC data input
CRC16DI
00h
CRC data input reverse byte
CRCDIRB
02h
CRC initialization and result
CRCINIRES
04h
CRC result reverse byte
CRCRESR
06h
Table 6-23. Watchdog Registers (Base Address: 015Ch)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
Watchdog timer control
REGISTER
WDTCTL
OFFSET
00h
Table 6-24. CS Registers (Base Address: 0160h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
CS control 0
CSCTL0
00h
CS control 1
CSCTL1
02h
CS control 2
CSCTL2
04h
CS control 3
CSCTL3
06h
CS control 4
CSCTL4
08h
CS control 5
CSCTL5
0Ah
CS control 6
CSCTL6
0Ch
Table 6-25. SYS Registers (Base Address: 0180h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
System control
SYSCTL
00h
JTAG mailbox control
SYSJMBC
06h
JTAG mailbox input 0
SYSJMBI0
08h
JTAG mailbox input 1
SYSJMBI1
0Ah
JTAG mailbox output 0
SYSJMBO0
0Ch
JTAG mailbox output 1
SYSJMBO1
0Eh
68
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-25. SYS Registers (Base Address: 0180h) (continued)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
User NMI vector generator
SYSUNIV
1Ah
System NMI vector generator
SYSSNIV
1Ch
Reset vector generator
SYSRSTIV
1Eh
Table 6-26. Shared Reference Registers (Base Address: 01B0h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
Shared reference control
REGISTER
REFCTL
OFFSET
00h
Table 6-27. Port P1, P2 Registers (Base Address: 0200h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
Port P1 input
P1IN
00h
Port P1 output
P1OUT
02h
Port P1 direction
P1DIR
04h
Port P1 pullup/pulldown enable
P1REN
06h
Port P1 selection 0
P1SEL0
0Ah
Port P1 selection 1
P1SEL1
0Ch
Port P1 interrupt vector word
P1IV
0Eh
Port P1 complement selection
P1SELC
16h
Port P1 interrupt edge select
P1IES
18h
Port P1 interrupt enable
P1IE
1Ah
Port P1 interrupt flag
P1IFG
1Ch
Port P2 input
P2IN
01h
Port P2 output
P2OUT
03h
Port P2 direction
P2DIR
05h
Port P2 pullup/pulldown enable
P2REN
07h
Port P2 selection 0
P2SEL0
0Bh
Port P2 selection 1
P2SEL1
0Dh
Port P2 complement selection
P2SELC
17h
Port P2 interrupt vector word
P2IV
1Eh
Port P2 interrupt edge select
P2IES
19h
Port P2 interrupt enable
P2IE
1Bh
Port P2 interrupt flag
P2IFG
1Dh
Table 6-28. Port P3, P4 Registers (Base Address: 0220h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
Port P3 input
P3IN
00h
Port P3 output
P3OUT
02h
Port P3 direction
P3DIR
04h
Port P3 pullup/pulldown enable
P3REN
06h
Port P3 selection 0
P3SEL0
0Ah
Port P3 selection 1
P3SEL1
0Ch
Port P3 interrupt vector word
P3IV
0Eh
Port P3 complement selection
P3SELC
16h
Port P3 interrupt edge select
P3IES
18h
Port P3 interrupt enable
P3IE
1Ah
Port P3 interrupt flag
P3IFG
1Ch
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
69
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-28. Port P3, P4 Registers (Base Address: 0220h) (continued)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
Port P4 input
P4IN
01h
Port P4 output
P4OUT
03h
Port P4 direction
P4DIR
05h
Port P4 pullup/pulldown enable
P4REN
07h
Port P4 selection 0
P4SEL0
0Bh
Port P4 selection 1
P4SEL1
0Dh
Port P4 complement selection
P4SELC
17h
Port P4 interrupt vector word
P4IV
1Eh
Port P4 interrupt edge select
P4IES
19h
Port P4 interrupt enable
P4IE
1Bh
Port P4 interrupt flag
P4IFG
1Dh
Table 6-29. Port J Registers (Base Address: 0320h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
Port PJ input
PJIN
00h
Port PJ output
PJOUT
02h
Port PJ direction
PJDIR
04h
Port PJ pullup/pulldown enable
PJREN
06h
Port PJ selection 0
PJSEL0
0Ah
Port PJ selection 1
PJSEL1
0Ch
Port PJ complement selection
PJSELC
16h
Table 6-30. TA0 Registers (Base Address: 0340h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
TA0 control
TA0CTL
00h
Capture/compare control 0
TA0CCTL0
02h
Capture/compare control 1
TA0CCTL1
04h
Capture/compare control 2
TA0CCTL2
06h
Capture/compare control 3
TA0CCTL3
08h
Capture/compare control 4
TA0CCTL4
0Ah
TA0 counter register
TA0R
10h
Capture/compare register 0
TA0CCR0
12h
Capture/compare register 1
TA0CCR1
14h
Capture/compare register 2
TA0CCR2
16h
Capture/compare register 3
TA0CCR3
18h
Capture/compare register 4
TA0CCR4
1Ah
TA0 expansion register 0
TA0EX0
20h
TA0 interrupt vector
TA0IV
2Eh
Table 6-31. TA1 Registers (Base Address: 0380h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
TA1 control
TA1CTL
00h
Capture/compare control 0
TA1CCTL0
02h
Capture/compare control 1
TA1CCTL1
04h
Capture/compare control 2
TA1CCTL2
06h
TA1 counter register
TA1R
10h
70
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-31. TA1 Registers (Base Address: 0380h) (continued)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
Capture/compare register 0
TA1CCR0
12h
Capture/compare register 1
TA1CCR1
14h
Capture/compare register 2
TA1CCR2
16h
TA1 expansion register 0
TA1EX0
20h
TA1 interrupt vector
TA1IV
2Eh
Table 6-32. TB0 Registers (Base Address: 03C0h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
TB0 control
TB0CTL
00h
Capture/compare control 0
TB0CCTL0
02h
Capture/compare control 1
TB0CCTL1
04h
Capture/compare control 2
TB0CCTL2
06h
Capture/compare control 3
TB0CCTL3
08h
Capture/compare control 4
TB0CCTL4
0Ah
Capture/compare control 5
TB0CCTL5
0Ch
Capture/compare control 6
TB0CCTL6
0Eh
TB0 register
TB0R
10h
Capture/compare register 0
TB0CCR0
12h
Capture/compare register 1
TB0CCR1
14h
Capture/compare register 2
TB0CCR2
16h
Capture/compare register 3
TB0CCR3
18h
Capture/compare register 4
TB0CCR4
1Ah
Capture/compare register 5
TB0CCR5
1Ch
Capture/compare register 6
TB0CCR6
1Eh
TB0 expansion register 0
TB0EX0
20h
TB0 interrupt vector
TB0IV
2Eh
Table 6-33. TA2 Registers (Base Address: 0400h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
TA2 control
TA2CTL
00h
Capture/compare control 0
TA2CCTL0
02h
Capture/compare control 1
TA2CCTL1
04h
TA2 register
TA2R
10h
Capture/compare register 0
TA2CCR0
12h
Capture/compare register 1
TA2CCR1
14h
TA2 expansion register 0
TA2EX0
20h
TA2 interrupt vector
TA2IV
2Eh
Table 6-34. Capacitive Touch IO 0 Registers (Base Address: 0430h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
Capacitive Touch IO 0 control
REGISTER
CAPTIO0CTL
OFFSET
0Eh
Table 6-35. TA3 Registers (Base Address: 0440h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
TA3 control
TA3CTL
00h
Capture/compare control 0
TA3CCTL0
02h
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
71
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-35. TA3 Registers (Base Address: 0440h) (continued)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
Capture/compare control 1
TA3CCTL1
04h
TA3 register
TA3R
10h
Capture/compare register 0
TA3CCR0
12h
Capture/compare register 1
TA3CCR1
14h
TA3 expansion register 0
TA3EX0
20h
TA3 interrupt vector
TA3IV
2Eh
Table 6-36. Capacitive Touch IO 1 Registers (Base Address: 0470h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
Capacitive Touch IO 1 control
REGISTER
CAPTIO1CTL
OFFSET
0Eh
Table 6-37. RTC_B Real-Time Clock Registers (Base Address: 04A0h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
RTC control 0
RTCCTL0
00h
RTC control 1
RTCCTL1
01h
RTC control 2
RTCCTL2
02h
RTC control 3
RTCCTL3
03h
RTC prescaler 0 control
RTCPS0CTL
08h
RTC prescaler 1 control
RTCPS1CTL
0Ah
RTC prescaler 0
RTCPS0
0Ch
RTC prescaler 1
RTCPS1
0Dh
RTC interrupt vector word
RTCIV
0Eh
RTC seconds
RTCSEC/RTCNT1
10h
RTC minutes
RTCMIN/RTCNT2
11h
RTC hours
RTCHOUR/RTCNT3
12h
RTC day of week
RTCDOW/RTCNT4
13h
RTC days
RTCDAY
14h
RTC month
RTCMON
15h
RTC year low
RTCYEARL
16h
RTC year high
RTCYEARH
17h
RTC alarm minutes
RTCAMIN
18h
RTC alarm hours
RTCAHOUR
19h
RTC alarm day of week
RTCADOW
1Ah
RTC alarm days
RTCADAY
1Bh
Binary-to-BCD conversion register
BIN2BCD
1Ch
BCD-to-binary conversion register
BCD2BIN
1Eh
Table 6-38. 32-Bit Hardware Multiplier Registers (Base Address: 04C0h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
16-bit operand 1 – multiply
MPY
00h
16-bit operand 1 – signed multiply
MPYS
02h
16-bit operand 1 – multiply accumulate
MAC
04h
16-bit operand 1 – signed multiply accumulate
MACS
06h
16-bit operand 2
OP2
08h
16 × 16 result low word
RESLO
0Ah
16 × 16 result high word
RESHI
0Ch
72
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-38. 32-Bit Hardware Multiplier Registers (Base Address: 04C0h) (continued)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
16 × 16 sum extension register
SUMEXT
0Eh
32-bit operand 1 – multiply low word
MPY32L
10h
32-bit operand 1 – multiply high word
MPY32H
12h
32-bit operand 1 – signed multiply low word
MPYS32L
14h
32-bit operand 1 – signed multiply high word
MPYS32H
16h
32-bit operand 1 – multiply accumulate low word
MAC32L
18h
32-bit operand 1 – multiply accumulate high word
MAC32H
1Ah
32-bit operand 1 – signed multiply accumulate low word
MACS32L
1Ch
32-bit operand 1 – signed multiply accumulate high word
MACS32H
1Eh
32-bit operand 2 – low word
OP2L
20h
32-bit operand 2 – high word
OP2H
22h
32 × 32 result 0 – least significant word
RES0
24h
32 × 32 result 1
RES1
26h
32 × 32 result 2
RES2
28h
32 × 32 result 3 – most significant word
RES3
2Ah
MPY32 control register 0
MPY32CTL0
2Ch
Table 6-39. DMA Registers (Base Address DMA General Control: 0500h,
DMA Channel 0: 0510h, DMA Channel 1: 0520h, DMA Channel 2: 0530h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
DMA channel 0 control
DMA0CTL
00h
DMA channel 0 source address low
DMA0SAL
02h
DMA channel 0 source address high
DMA0SAH
04h
DMA channel 0 destination address low
DMA0DAL
06h
DMA channel 0 destination address high
DMA0DAH
08h
DMA channel 0 transfer size
DMA0SZ
0Ah
DMA channel 1 control
DMA1CTL
00h
DMA channel 1 source address low
DMA1SAL
02h
DMA channel 1 source address high
DMA1SAH
04h
DMA channel 1 destination address low
DMA1DAL
06h
DMA channel 1 destination address high
DMA1DAH
08h
DMA channel 1 transfer size
DMA1SZ
0Ah
DMA channel 2 control
DMA2CTL
00h
DMA channel 2 source address low
DMA2SAL
02h
DMA channel 2 source address high
DMA2SAH
04h
DMA channel 2 destination address low
DMA2DAL
06h
DMA channel 2 destination address high
DMA2DAH
08h
DMA channel 2 transfer size
DMA2SZ
0Ah
DMA module control 0
DMACTL0
00h
DMA module control 1
DMACTL1
02h
DMA module control 2
DMACTL2
04h
DMA module control 3
DMACTL3
06h
DMA module control 4
DMACTL4
08h
DMA interrupt vector
DMAIV
0Eh
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
73
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-40. MPU Control Registers (Base Address: 05A0h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
MPU control 0
MPUCTL0
00h
MPU control 1
MPUCTL1
02h
MPU Segmentation Border 2
MPUSEGB2
04h
MPU Segmentation Border 1
MPUSEGB1
06h
MPU access management
MPUSAM
08h
MPU IP control 0
MPUIPC0
0Ah
MPU IP Encapsulation Segment Border 2
MPUIPSEGB2
0Ch
MPU IP Encapsulation Segment Border 1
MPUIPSEGB1
0Eh
Table 6-41. eUSCI_A0 Registers (Base Address: 05C0h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
eUSCI_A control word 0
UCA0CTLW0
00h
eUSCI _A control word 1
UCA0CTLW1
02h
eUSCI_A baud rate 0
UCA0BR0
06h
eUSCI_A baud rate 1
UCA0BR1
07h
eUSCI_A modulation control
UCA0MCTLW
08h
eUSCI_A status word
UCA0STATW
0Ah
eUSCI_A receive buffer
UCA0RXBUF
0Ch
eUSCI_A transmit buffer
UCA0TXBUF
0Eh
eUSCI_A LIN control
UCA0ABCTL
10h
eUSCI_A IrDA transmit control
UCA0IRTCTL
12h
eUSCI_A IrDA receive control
UCA0IRRCTL
13h
eUSCI_A interrupt enable
UCA0IE
1Ah
eUSCI_A interrupt flags
UCA0IFG
1Ch
eUSCI_A interrupt vector word
UCA0IV
1Eh
Table 6-42. eUSCI_A1 Registers (Base Address:05E0h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
eUSCI_A control word 0
UCA1CTLW0
00h
eUSCI _A control word 1
UCA1CTLW1
02h
eUSCI_A baud rate 0
UCA1BR0
06h
eUSCI_A baud rate 1
UCA1BR1
07h
eUSCI_A modulation control
UCA1MCTLW
08h
eUSCI_A status word
UCA1STATW
0Ah
eUSCI_A receive buffer
UCA1RXBUF
0Ch
eUSCI_A transmit buffer
UCA1TXBUF
0Eh
eUSCI_A LIN control
UCA1ABCTL
10h
eUSCI_A IrDA transmit control
UCA1IRTCTL
12h
eUSCI_A IrDA receive control
UCA1IRRCTL
13h
eUSCI_A interrupt enable
UCA1IE
1Ah
eUSCI_A interrupt flags
UCA1IFG
1Ch
eUSCI_A interrupt vector word
UCA1IV
1Eh
74
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-43. eUSCI_B0 Registers (Base Address: 0640h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
eUSCI_B control word 0
UCB0CTLW0
00h
eUSCI_B control word 1
UCB0CTLW1
02h
eUSCI_B bit rate 0
UCB0BR0
06h
eUSCI_B bit rate 1
UCB0BR1
07h
eUSCI_B status word
UCB0STATW
08h
eUSCI_B byte counter threshold
UCB0TBCNT
0Ah
eUSCI_B receive buffer
UCB0RXBUF
0Ch
eUSCI_B transmit buffer
UCB0TXBUF
0Eh
eUSCI_B I2C own address 0
UCB0I2COA0
14h
eUSCI_B I2C own address 1
UCB0I2COA1
16h
eUSCI_B I2C own address 2
UCB0I2COA2
18h
eUSCI_B I2C own address 3
UCB0I2COA3
1Ah
eUSCI_B received address
UCB0ADDRX
1Ch
eUSCI_B address mask
UCB0ADDMASK
1Eh
eUSCI I2C slave address
UCB0I2CSA
20h
eUSCI interrupt enable
UCB0IE
2Ah
eUSCI interrupt flags
UCB0IFG
2Ch
eUSCI interrupt vector word
UCB0IV
2Eh
Table 6-44. ADC12_B Registers (Base Address: 0800h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
ADC12_B Control 0
ADC12CTL0
00h
ADC12_B Control 1
ADC12CTL1
02h
ADC12_B Control 2
ADC12CTL2
04h
ADC12_B Control 3
ADC12CTL3
06h
ADC12_B Window Comparator Low Threshold Register
ADC12LO
08h
ADC12_B Window Comparator High Threshold Register
ADC12HI
0Ah
ADC12_B Interrupt Flag Register 0
ADC12IFGR0
0Ch
ADC12_B Interrupt Flag Register 1
ADC12IFGR1
0Eh
ADC12_B Interrupt Flag Register 2
ADC12IFGR2
10h
ADC12_B Interrupt Enable Register 0
ADC12IER0
12h
ADC12_B Interrupt Enable Register 1
ADC12IER1
14h
ADC12_B Interrupt Enable Register 2
ADC12IER2
16h
ADC12_B Interrupt Vector
ADC12IV
18h
ADC12_B Memory Control 0
ADC12MCTL0
20h
ADC12_B Memory Control 1
ADC12MCTL1
22h
ADC12_B Memory Control 2
ADC12MCTL2
24h
ADC12_B Memory Control 3
ADC12MCTL3
26h
ADC12_B Memory Control 4
ADC12MCTL4
28h
ADC12_B Memory Control 5
ADC12MCTL5
2Ah
ADC12_B Memory Control 6
ADC12MCTL6
2Ch
ADC12_B Memory Control 7
ADC12MCTL7
2Eh
ADC12_B Memory Control 8
ADC12MCTL8
30h
ADC12_B Memory Control 9
ADC12MCTL9
32h
ADC12_B Memory Control 10
ADC12MCTL10
34h
ADC12_B Memory Control 11
ADC12MCTL11
36h
ADC12_B Memory Control 12
ADC12MCTL12
38h
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
75
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-44. ADC12_B Registers (Base Address: 0800h) (continued)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
ADC12_B Memory Control 13
ADC12MCTL13
3Ah
ADC12_B Memory Control 14
ADC12MCTL14
3Ch
ADC12_B Memory Control 15
ADC12MCTL15
3Eh
ADC12_B Memory Control 16
ADC12MCTL16
40h
ADC12_B Memory Control 17
ADC12MCTL17
42h
ADC12_B Memory Control 18
ADC12MCTL18
44h
ADC12_B Memory Control 19
ADC12MCTL19
46h
ADC12_B Memory Control 20
ADC12MCTL20
48h
ADC12_B Memory Control 21
ADC12MCTL21
4Ah
ADC12_B Memory Control 22
ADC12MCTL22
4Ch
ADC12_B Memory Control 23
ADC12MCTL23
4Eh
ADC12_B Memory Control 24
ADC12MCTL24
50h
ADC12_B Memory Control 25
ADC12MCTL25
52h
ADC12_B Memory Control 26
ADC12MCTL26
54h
ADC12_B Memory Control 27
ADC12MCTL27
56h
ADC12_B Memory Control 28
ADC12MCTL28
58h
ADC12_B Memory Control 29
ADC12MCTL29
5Ah
ADC12_B Memory Control 30
ADC12MCTL30
5Ch
ADC12_B Memory Control 31
ADC12MCTL31
5Eh
ADC12_B Memory 0
ADC12MEM0
60h
ADC12_B Memory 1
ADC12MEM1
62h
ADC12_B Memory 2
ADC12MEM2
64h
ADC12_B Memory 3
ADC12MEM3
66h
ADC12_B Memory 4
ADC12MEM4
68h
ADC12_B Memory 5
ADC12MEM5
6Ah
ADC12_B Memory 6
ADC12MEM6
6Ch
ADC12_B Memory 7
ADC12MEM7
6Eh
ADC12_B Memory 8
ADC12MEM8
70h
ADC12_B Memory 9
ADC12MEM9
72h
ADC12_B Memory 10
ADC12MEM10
74h
ADC12_B Memory 11
ADC12MEM11
76h
ADC12_B Memory 12
ADC12MEM12
78h
ADC12_B Memory 13
ADC12MEM13
7Ah
ADC12_B Memory 14
ADC12MEM14
7Ch
ADC12_B Memory 15
ADC12MEM15
7Eh
ADC12_B Memory 16
ADC12MEM16
80h
ADC12_B Memory 17
ADC12MEM17
82h
ADC12_B Memory 18
ADC12MEM18
84h
ADC12_B Memory 19
ADC12MEM19
86h
ADC12_B Memory 20
ADC12MEM20
88h
ADC12_B Memory 21
ADC12MEM21
8Ah
ADC12_B Memory 22
ADC12MEM22
8Ch
ADC12_B Memory 23
ADC12MEM23
8Eh
ADC12_B Memory 24
ADC12MEM24
90h
ADC12_B Memory 25
ADC12MEM25
92h
ADC12_B Memory 26
ADC12MEM26
94h
ADC12_B Memory 27
ADC12MEM27
96h
76
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-44. ADC12_B Registers (Base Address: 0800h) (continued)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
ADC12_B Memory 28
ADC12MEM28
98h
ADC12_B Memory 29
ADC12MEM29
9Ah
ADC12_B Memory 30
ADC12MEM30
9Ch
ADC12_B Memory 31
ADC12MEM31
9Eh
Table 6-45. Comparator_E Registers (Base Address: 08C0h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
Comparator_E control register 0
CECTL0
00h
Comparator_E control register 1
CECTL1
02h
Comparator_E control register 2
CECTL2
04h
Comparator_E control register 3
CECTL3
06h
Comparator_E interrupt register
CEINT
0Ch
Comparator_E interrupt vector word
CEIV
0Eh
Table 6-46. AES Accelerator Registers (Base Address: 09C0h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
AES accelerator control register 0
REGISTER
AESACTL0
Reserved
OFFSET
00h
02h
AES accelerator status register
AESASTAT
04h
AES accelerator key register
AESAKEY
06h
AES accelerator data in register
AESADIN
008h
AES accelerator data out register
AESADOUT
00Ah
AES accelerator XORed data in register
AESAXDIN
00Ch
AES accelerator XORed data in register (no trigger)
AESAXIN
00Eh
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
77
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
6.11 Input/Output Schematics
6.11.1 Capacitive Touch Functionality Ports P1, P2, P3, P4, and PJ
All port pins provide the Capacitive Touch functionality as shown in the following figure. The Capacitive
Touch functionality is controlled using the Capacitive Touch IO control registers CAPTIO0CTL and
CAPTIO1CTL as described in the MSP430FR58xx, MSP430FR59xx, MSP430FR68xx, MSP430FR69xx
Family User's Guide (SLAU367). The Capacitive Touch functionality is not shown in the individual pin
schematics in the following sections.
Analog Enable
PxREN.y
Capacitive Touch Enable 0
Capacitive Touch Enable 1
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
Direction Control
PxOUT.y
0
1
Output Signal
Px.y
Input Signal
Q
D
EN
Capacitive Touch Signal 0
Capacitive Touch Signal 1
NOTE: Functional representation only.
78
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
6.11.2 Port P1, P1.0 to P1.2, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Pad Logic
(ADC) Reference
(P1.0, P1.1)
To ADC
From ADC
To Comparator
From Comparator
CEPDx
P1REN.x
P1DIR.x
00
01
10
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
11
P1OUT.x
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
00
From module 1
01
From module 2
10
DVSS
11
P1.0/TA0.1/DMAE0/RTCCLK/
A0/C0/VREF-/VeREFP1.1/TA0.2/TA1CLK/COUT/
A1/C1VREF+/VeREF+
P1.2/TA1.1/TA0CLK/COUT/A2/C2
P1SEL1.x
P1SEL0.x
P1IN.x
EN
To modules
1
Bus
Keeper
D
NOTE: Functional representation only.
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
79
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-47. Port P1 (P1.0 to P1.2) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P1.x)
P1.0/TA0.1/DMAE0/RTCCLK/A0/C0/
VREF-/VeREF-
x
0
FUNCTION
P1.0 (I/O)
P1.2/TA1.1/TA0CLK/COUT/A2/C2
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
80
1
2
P1DIR.x
P1SEL1.x
P1SEL0.x
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
1
0
X
1
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
1
0
TA0.CCI1A
0
TA0.1
1
DMAE0
0
RTCCLK (2) (3)
1
A0, C0, VREF-, VeREF- (4) (5)
P1.1/TA0.2/TA1CLK/COUT/A1/C1/
VREF+/VeREF+
CONTROL BITS AND SIGNALS (1)
P1.1 (I/O)
TA0.CCI2A
0
TA0.2
1
TA1CLK
0
COUT (6)
1
A1, C1, VREF+, VeREF+ (4) (5)
X
1
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
P1.2 (I/O)
TA1.CCI1A
0
TA1.1
1
TA0CLK
0
COUT (7)
1
A2, C2 (4) (5)
X
X = Don't care
Not available on MSP430FR5x5x devices
NOTE: Do not use this pin as RTCCLK output if the DMAE0 functionality is used on any other pin. Select an alternative RTCCLK output
pin.
Setting P1SEL1.x and P1SEL0.x disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents when
applying analog signals.
Setting the CEPDx bit of the comparator disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents when
applying analog signals. Selecting the Cx input pin to the comparator multiplexer with the input select bits in the comparator module
automatically disables output driver and input buffer for that pin, regardless of the state of the associated CEPDx bit.
NOTE: Do not use this pin as COUT output if the TA1CLK functionality is used on any other pin. Select an alternative COUT output pin.
NOTE: Do not use this pin as COUT output if the TA0CLK functionality is used on any other pin. Select an alternative COUT output pin.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
6.11.3 Port P1, P1.3 to P1.5, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Pad Logic
To ADC
From ADC
To Comparator
From Comparator
CEPDx
P1REN.x
P1DIR.x
00
From module 2
10
01
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
11
P1OUT.x
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
00
From module 1
01
From module 2
10
DVSS
11
P1.3/TA1.2/UCB0STE/A3/C3
P1.4/TB0.1/UCA0STE/A4/C4
P1.5/TB0.2/UCA0CLK/A5/C5
P1SEL1.x
P1SEL0.x
P1IN.x
EN
To modules
Bus
Keeper
D
NOTE: Functional representation only.
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
81
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-48. Port P1 (P1.3 to P1.5) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P1.x)
P1.3/TA1.2/UCB0STE/A3/C3
P1.4/TB0.1/UCA0STE/A4/C4
x
3
4
FUNCTION
P1.3 (I/O)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
82
P1SEL1.x
P1SEL0.x
0
0
0
1
0
TA1.2
1
UCB0STE
X (2)
1
0
A3, C3 (3) (4)
X
1
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
X (5)
1
0
X
1
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
P1.4 (I/O)
TB0.CCI1A
0
TB0.1
1
A4, C4
5
P1DIR.x
I: 0; O: 1
TA1.CCI2A
UCA0STE
P1.5/TB0.2/UCA0CLK/A5/C5
CONTROL BITS AND SIGNALS (1)
(3) (4)
P1.5(I/O)
TB0.CCI2A
0
TB0.2
1
UCA0CLK
X (5)
1
0
A5, C5 (3) (4)
X
1
1
X = Don't care
Direction controlled by eUSCI_B0 module.
Setting P1SEL1.x and P1SEL0.x disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents when
applying analog signals.
Setting the CEPDx bit of the comparator disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents when
applying analog signals. Selecting the Cx input pin to the comparator multiplexer with the input select bits in the comparator module
automatically disables output driver and input buffer for that pin, regardless of the state of the associated CEPDx bit.
Direction controlled by eUSCI_A0 module.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
6.11.4 Port P1, P1.6 and P1.7, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Pad Logic
P1REN.x
P1DIR.x
00
01
From module 2
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
10
11
P1OUT.x
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
00
From module 1
01
From module 2
10
From module 3
11
P1.6/TB0.3/UCB0SIMO/UCB0SDA/TA0.0
P1.7/TB0.4/UCB0SOMI/UCB0SCL/TA1.0
P1SEL1.x
P1SEL0.x
P1IN.x
EN
To modules
D
NOTE: Functional representation only.
Table 6-49. Port P1 (P1.6 and P1.7) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P1.x)
x
P1.6/TB0.3/UCB0SIMO/UCB0SDA/ TA0.0
6
FUNCTION
P1.6 (I/O)
7
P1SEL1.x
P1SEL0.x
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
TB0.3
1
X (2)
TA0.CCI0A
0
TA0.0
1
P1.7 (I/O)
I: 0; O: 1
TB0.CCI4B
0
TB0.4
1
UCB0SOMI/UCB0SCL
(1)
(2)
(3)
P1DIR.x
I: 0; O: 1
TB0.CCI3B
UCB0SIMO/UCB0SDA
P1.7/TB0.4/UCB0SOMI/UCB0SCL/ TA1.0
CONTROL BITS AND SIGNALS (1)
X (3)
TA1.CCI0A
0
TA1.0
1
X = Don't care
Direction controlled by eUSCI_B0 module.
Direction controlled by eUSCI_A0 module.
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
83
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
6.11.5 Port P2, P2.0 to P2.2, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Pad Logic
P2REN.x
P2DIR.x
00
From module 2
10
01
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
11
P2OUT.x
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
00
From module 1
01
From module 2
10
From module 3
11
P2.0/TB0.6/UCA0TXD/UCA0SIMO/
TB0CLK/ACLK
P2.1/TB0.0/UCA0RXD/UCA0SOMI/
TB0.0
P2.2/TB0.2/UCB0CLK
P2SEL1.x
P2SEL0.x
P2IN.x
EN
D
To modules
NOTE: Functional representation only.
Table 6-50. Port P2 (P2.0 to P2.2) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P2.x)
P2.0/TB0.6/UCA0TXD/UCA0SIMO/
TB0CLK/ACLK
x
0
FUNCTION
P2.0 (I/O)
1
2
84
P2SEL0.x
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
X
1
X (2)
1
0
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
X (2)
TB0CLK
0
ACLK (3)
1
P2.1 (I/O)
I: 0; O: 1
TB0.CCI0A
0
TB0.0
1
P2.2 (I/O)
N/A
0
TB0.2
1
UCB0CLK
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
P2SEL1.x
TB0.6
UCA0RXD/UCA0SOMI
P2.2/TB0.2/UCB0CLK
P2DIR.x
I: 0; O: 1
TB0.CCI6B
UCA0TXD/UCA0SIMO
P2.1/TB0.0/UCA0RXD/UCA0SOMI/
TB0.0
CONTROL BITS AND SIGNALS (1)
X
(4)
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
X = Don't care
Direction controlled by eUSCI_A0 module.
NOTE: Do not use this pin as ACLK output if the TB0CLK functionality is used on any other pin. Select an alternative ACLK output pin.
Direction controlled by eUSCI_B0 module.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
6.11.6 Port P2, P2.3 and P2.4, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Pad Logic
To ADC
From ADC
To Comparator
From Comparator
CEPDx
P2REN.x
P2DIR.x
00
01
From module 2
10
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
11
P2OUT.x
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
00
From module 1
01
From module 2
10
DVSS
11
P2.3/TA0.0/UCA1STE/A6/C10
P2.4/TA1.0/UCA1CLK/A7/C11
P2SEL1.x
P2SEL0.x
P2IN.x
EN
To modules
Bus
Keeper
D
NOTE: Functional representation only.
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
85
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-51. Port P2 (P2.3 and P2.4) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P2.x)
x
P2.3/TA0.0/UCA1STE/A6/C10
3
FUNCTION
P2.3 (I/O)
86
0
0
1
1
P2.4 (I/O)
X
(2)
1
0
X
1
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
TA1.CCI0B
0
TA1.0
1
A7, C11
(4)
P2SEL0.x
0
TA0.0
UCA1CLK
(1)
(2)
(3)
P2SEL1.x
0
A6, C10 (3) (4)
4
P2DIR.x
I: 0; O: 1
TA0.CCI0B
UCA1STE
P2.4/TA1.0/UCA1CLK/A7/C11
CONTROL BITS AND SIGNALS (1)
(3) (4)
X
(2)
X
X = Don't care
Direction controlled by eUSCI_A1 module.
Setting P2SEL1.x and P2SEL0.x disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents when
applying analog signals.
Setting the CEPDx bit of the comparator disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents when
applying analog signals. Selecting the Cx input pin to the comparator multiplexer with the input select bits in the comparator module
automatically disables output driver and input buffer for that pin, regardless of the state of the associated CEPDx bit.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
6.11.7 Port P2, P2.5 and P2.6, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Pad Logic
P2REN.x
P2DIR.x
00
From module 2
10
01
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
11
P2OUT.x
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
00
From module 1
01
From module 2
10
DVSS
11
P2.5/TB0.0/UCA1TXD/UCA1SIMO
P2.6/TB0.1/UCA1RXD/UCA1SOMI
P2SEL1.x
P2SEL0.x
P2IN.x
EN
D
To modules
NOTE: Functional representation only.
Table 6-52. Port P2 (P2.5 and P2.6) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P2.x)
P2.5/TB0.0/UCA1TXD/UCA1SIMO
x
5
FUNCTION
P2.5(I/O)
6
P2SEL1.x
P2SEL0.x
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
TB0.0
1
X (2)
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
P2.6(I/O)
I: 0; O: 1
N/A
0
TB0.1
1
UCA1RXD/UCA1SOMI
(1)
(2)
P2DIR.x
TB0.CCI0B
UCA1TXD/UCA1SIMO
P2.6/TB0.1/UCA1RXD/UCA1SOMI
CONTROL BITS AND SIGNALS (1)
X (2)
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
X = Don't care
Direction controlled by eUSCI_A1 module.
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
87
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
6.11.8 Port P2, P2.7, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Pad Logic
P2REN.x
P2DIR.x
00
01
10
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
11
P2OUT.x
00
DVSS
01
DVSS
10
DVSS
11
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
P2.7
P2SEL1.x
P2SEL0.x
P2IN.x
Bus
Keeper
EN
To modules
D
NOTE: Functional representation only.
Table 6-53. Port P2 (P2.7) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P2.x)
P2.7
(1)
88
x
7
FUNCTION
P2.7(I/O)
CONTROL BITS AND SIGNALS (1)
P2DIR.x
P2SEL1.x
P2SEL0.x
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
1
X
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
X = Don't care
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
6.11.9 Port P3, P3.0 to P3.3, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Pad Logic
To ADC
From ADC
To Comparator
From Comparator
CEPDx
P3REN.x
P3DIR.x
00
01
10
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
11
P3OUT.x
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
00
DVSS
01
DVSS
10
DVSS
11
P3.0/A12/C12
P3.1/A13/C13
P3.2/A14/C14
P3.3/A15/C15
P3SEL1.x
P3SEL0.x
P3IN.x
EN
To modules
1
Bus
Keeper
D
NOTE: Functional representation only.
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
89
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-54. Port P3 (P3.0 to P3.3) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P3.x)
P3.0/A12/C12
x
0
FUNCTION
P3.0 (I/O)
1
P3.2/A14/C14
2
P3.3/A15/C15
(1)
(2)
(3)
90
3
P3DIR.x
P3SEL1.x
P3SEL0.x
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
1
0
X
1
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
1
0
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
A12/C12 (2) (3)
P3.1/A13/C13
CONTROL BITS AND SIGNALS (1)
P3.1 (I/O)
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
A13/C13 (2) (3)
X
1
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
1
0
P3.2 (I/O)
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
A14/C14 (2) (3)
X
1
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
P3.3 (I/O)
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
A15/C15 (2) (3)
X
X = Don't care
Setting P3SEL1.x and P3SEL0.x disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents when
applying analog signals.
Setting the CEPDx bit of the comparator disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents when
applying analog signals. Selecting the Cx input pin to the comparator multiplexer with the input select bits in the comparator module
automatically disables output driver and input buffer for that pin, regardless of the state of the associated CEPDx bit.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
6.11.10 Port P3, P3.4 to P3.7, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Pad Logic
P3REN.x
P3DIR.x
00
01
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
10
11
P3OUT.x
00
From module 1
01
From module 2
10
From module 3
11
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
P3.4/TB0.3/SMCLK
P3.5/TB0.4/CBOUT
P3.6/TB0.5
P3.7/TB0.6
P3SEL1.x
P3SEL0.x
P3IN.x
EN
To modules
D
NOTE: Functional representation only.
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
91
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-55. Port P3 (P3.4 to P3.7) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P3.x)
P3.4/TB0.3/SMCLK
P3.5/TB0.4/COUT
P3.6/TB0.5
92
4
5
6
P3.7/TB0.6
(1)
x
7
FUNCTION
P3.4 (I/O)
CONTROL BITS AND SIGNALS (1)
P3DIR.x
P3SEL1.x
P3SEL0.x
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
1
X
0
0
0
1
1
X
0
0
0
1
1
X
0
0
0
1
1
X
TB0.CCI3A
0
TB0.3
1
N/A
0
SMCLK
1
P3.5 (I/O)
I: 0; O: 1
TB0.CCI4A
0
TB0.4
1
N/A
0
COUT
1
P3.6 (I/O)
I: 0; O: 1
TB0.CCI5A
0
TB0.5
1
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
P3.7 (I/O)
I: 0; O: 1
TB0.CCI6A
0
TB0.6
1
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
X = Don't care
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
6.11.11 Port P4, P4.0 to P4.3, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Pad Logic
To ADC
From ADC
P4REN.x
P4DIR.x
00
01
10
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
11
P4OUT.x
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
00
DVSS
01
DVSS
10
DVSS
11
P4.0/A8
P4.1/A9
P4.2/A10
P4.3/A11
P4SEL1.x
P4SEL0.x
P4IN.x
EN
To modules
Bus
Keeper
D
NOTE: Functional representation only.
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
93
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-56. Port P4 (P4.0 to P4.3) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P4.x)
P4.0/A8
x
0
FUNCTION
P4.0 (I/O)
1
P4.2/A10
2
P4.3/A11
(1)
(2)
94
3
P4DIR.x
P4SEL1.x
P4SEL0.x
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
1
0
X
1
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
1
0
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
A8 (2)
P4.1/A9
CONTROL BITS AND SIGNALS (1)
P4.1 (I/O)
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
A9 (2)
X
1
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
1
0
P4.2 (I/O)
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
A10 (2)
X
1
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
P4.3 (I/O)
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
A11 (2)
X
X = Don't care
Setting P4SEL1.x and P4SEL0.x disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents when
applying analog signals.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
6.11.12 Port P4, P4.4 to P4.7, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Pad Logic
P4REN.x
P4DIR.x
00
01
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
10
11
P4OUT.x
00
From module 1
01
DVSS
10
DVSS
11
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
P4.4/TB0.5
P4.5
P4.6
P4.7
P4SEL1.x
P4SEL0.x
P4IN.x
EN
To modules
D
NOTE: Functional representation only.
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
95
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-57. Port P4 (P4.4 to P4.7) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P4.x)
P4.4/TB0.5
4
P4.5
5
P4.6
6
P4.7
(1)
96
x
7
FUNCTION
P4.4 (I/O)
CONTROL BITS AND SIGNALS (1)
P4DIR.x
P4SEL1.x
P4SEL0.x
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
1
X
0
0
0
1
1
X
0
0
0
1
1
X
0
0
0
1
1
X
TB0.CCI5B
0
TB0.5
1
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
P4.5 (I/O)
I: 0; O: 1
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
P4.6 (I/O)
I: 0; O: 1
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
P4.7 (I/O)
I: 0; O: 1
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
X = Don't care
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
6.11.13 Port PJ, PJ.4 and PJ.5 Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Pad Logic
To LFXT XIN
PJREN.4
PJDIR.4
00
01
10
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
11
PJOUT.4
00
DVSS
01
DVSS
10
DVSS
11
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
PJ.4/LFXIN
PJSEL1.4
PJSEL0.4
PJIN.4
EN
To modules
Bus
Keeper
D
NOTE: Functional representation only.
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
97
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Pad Logic
To LFXT XOUT
PJSEL0.4
PJSEL1.4
LFXTBYPASS
PJREN.5
PJDIR.5
00
01
10
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
11
PJOUT.5
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
00
DVSS
01
DVSS
10
DVSS
11
PJ.5/LFXOUT
PJSEL1.5
PJSEL0.5
PJIN.5
EN
To modules
Bus
Keeper
D
NOTE: Functional representation only.
98
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-58. Port PJ (PJ.4 and PJ.5) Pin Functions
CONTROL BITS AND SIGNALS (1)
PIN NAME (PJ.x)
PJ.4/LFXIN
x
4
FUNCTION
PJ.4 (I/O)
PJSEL1.4
PJSEL0.4
LFXT
BYPASS
I: 0; O: 1
X
X
0
0
X
X
X
1
X
X
0
1
LFXIN crystal mode (2)
X
X
X
0
1
0
X
X
X
0
1
1
0
0
1
X
X
X
(2)
5
N/A
Internally tied to DVSS
LFXOUT crystal mode (2)
(3)
(4)
PJSEL0.5
Internally tied to DVSS
PJ.5 (I/O)
(1)
(2)
PJSEL1.5
N/A
LFXIN bypass mode
PJ.5/LFXOUT
PJDIR.x
I: 0; O: 1
0
1
X
0
see (4)
see (4)
X
0
see (4)
see (4)
X
0
0
1
X
X
X
0
1 (3)
0
1 (3)
0
0
1
X
X
X
1 (3)
0
1
0
0
X = Don't care
If PJSEL1.4 = 0 and PJSEL0.4 = 1, the general-purpose I/O is disabled. When LFXTBYPASS = 0, PJ.4 and PJ.5 are configured for
crystal operation and PJSEL1.5 and PJSEL0.5 are don't care. When LFXTBYPASS = 1, PJ.4 is configured for bypass operation and
PJ.5 is configured as general-purpose I/O.
When PJ.4 is configured in bypass mode, PJ.5 is configured as general-purpose I/O.
If PJSEL0.5 = 1 or PJSEL1.5 = 1, the general-purpose I/O functionality is disabled. No input function is available. Configured as output,
the pin is actively pulled to zero.
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
99
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
6.11.14 Port PJ, PJ.6 and PJ.7 Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Pad Logic
To HFXT XIN
PJREN.6
PJDIR.6
00
01
10
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
11
PJOUT.6
00
DVSS
01
DVSS
10
DVSS
11
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
PJ.6/HFXIN
PJSEL1.6
PJSEL0.6
PJIN.6
EN
To modules
Bus
Keeper
D
NOTE: Functional representation only.
100
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Pad Logic
To HFXT XOUT
PJSEL0.6
PJSEL1.6
HFXTBYPASS
PJREN.7
PJDIR.7
00
01
10
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
11
PJOUT.7
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
00
DVSS
01
DVSS
10
DVSS
11
PJ.7/HFXOUT
PJSEL1.7
PJSEL0.7
PJIN.7
EN
To modules
Bus
Keeper
D
NOTE: Functional representation only.
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
101
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-59. Port PJ (PJ.6 and PJ.7) Pin Functions
CONTROL BITS AND SIGNALS (1)
PIN NAME (PJ.x)
PJ.6/HFXIN
x
6
FUNCTION
PJ.6 (I/O)
HFXT
BYPASS
I: 0; O: 1
X
X
0
0
X
X
X
1
X
X
HFXIN crystal mode (2)
X
X
X
0
1
0
X
X
X
0
1
1
0
0
1
X
X
X
(2)
5
HFXOUT crystal mode (2)
102
PJSEL0.6
1
Internally tied to DVSS
(4)
PJSEL1.6
0
N/A
(3)
PJSEL0.7
Internally tied to DVSS
PJ.7 (I/O) (3)
(1)
(2)
PJSEL1.7
N/A
HFXIN bypass mode
PJ.7/HFXOUT
PJDIR.x
I: 0; O: 1
0
1
X
0
see
see
X
0
(3)
(3)
see
see
X
(3)
(3)
0
0
1
X
X
X
0
1 (4)
0
1 (4)
0
0
1
X
X
X
1 (4)
0
1
0
0
X = Don't care
Setting PJSEL1.6 = 0 and PJSEL0.6 = 1 causes the general-purpose I/O to be disabled. When HFXTBYPASS = 0, PJ.6 and PJ.7 are
configured for crystal operation and PJSEL1.6 and PJSEL0.7 are do not care. When HFXTBYPASS = 1, PJ.6 is configured for bypass
operation and PJ.7 is configured as general-purpose I/O.
With PJSEL0.7 = 1 or PJSEL1.7 = 1 the general-purpose I/O functionality is disabled. No input function is available. Configured as
output the pin is actively pulled to zero.
When PJ.6 is configured in bypass mode, PJ.7 is configured as general-purpose I/O.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
6.11.15 Port J, J.0 to J.3 JTAG Pins TDO, TMS, TCK, TDI/TCLK, Input/Output With Schmitt
Trigger
To Comparator
From Comparator
Pad Logic
CEPDx
JTAG enable
From JTAG
From JTAG
PJREN.x
PJDIR.x
00
1
01
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
11
PJOUT.x
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
0
10
1
00
From module 1
01
1
From Status Register (SR)
10
0
DVSS
11
PJSEL1.x
PJSEL0.x
PJIN.x
EN
To modules
and JTAG
Bus
Keeper
PJ.0/TDO/TB0OUTH/SMCLK/
SRSCG1/C6
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK/MCLK/
SRSCG0/C7
PJ.2/TMS/ACLK/
SROSCOFF/C8
PJ.3/TCK/
SRCPUOFF/C9
D
NOTE: Functional representation only.
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
103
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-60. Port PJ (PJ.0 to PJ.3) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (PJ.x)
PJ.0/TDO/TB0OUTH/
SMCLK/SRSCG1/C6
x
0
FUNCTION
PJDIR.x
PJSEL1.x
PJSEL0.x
CEPDx (Cx)
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
TDO (3)
X
X
X
0
TB0OUTH
0
SMCLK (4)
1
0
1
0
N/A
0
CPU Status Register Bit SCG1
1
1
0
0
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
1
1
0
PJ.0 (I/O) (2)
C6 (5)
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK/MCLK/
SRSCG0/C7
PJ.2/TMS/ACLK/
SROSCOFF/C8
1
PJ.1 (I/O) (2)
TDI/TCLK (3)
2
(6)
(4)
(5)
(6)
104
X
1
0
0
0
X
X
X
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
X
X
1
MCLK
1
N/A
0
CPU Status Register Bit SCG0
1
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
C7 (5)
X
PJ.2 (I/O)
(2)
(6)
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
X
X
X
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
N/A
0
ACLK
1
N/A
0
CPU Status Register Bit OSCOFF
1
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
PJ.3 (I/O) (2)
TCK
(1)
(2)
(3)
X
0
TMS (3)
3
X
I: 0; O: 1
N/A
C8 (5)
PJ.3/TCK/SRCPUOFF/C9
CONTROL BITS/ SIGNALS (1)
(3) (6)
X
X
X
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
X
X
X
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
X
X
1
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
N/A
0
CPU Status Register Bit CPUOFF
1
N/A
0
Internally tied to DVSS
1
C9 (5)
X
X = Don't care
Default condition
The pin direction is controlled by the JTAG module. JTAG mode selection is made via the SYS module or by the Spy-Bi-Wire four-wire
entry sequence. Neither PJSEL1.x and PJSEL0.x nor CEPDx bits have an effect in these cases.
NOTE: Do not use this pin as SMCLK output if the TB0OUTH functionality is used on any other pin. Select an alternative SMCLK output
pin.
Setting the CEPDx bit of the comparator disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents when
applying analog signals. Selecting the Cx input pin to the comparator multiplexer with the input select bits in the comparator module
automatically disables output driver and input buffer for that pin, regardless of the state of the associated CEPDx bit.
In JTAG mode, pullups are activated automatically on TMS, TCK, and TDI/TCLK. PJREN.x are don't care.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
6.12 Device Descriptors (TLV)
Table 6-62 lists the contents of the device descriptor tag-length-value (TLV) structure for
MSP430FR59xx(1) devices including AES. Table 6-61 summarizes the Device IDs of the corresponding
MSP430FR59xx(1) devices.
Table 6-61. Device IDs
Device ID
Device
01A05h
01A04h
MSP430FR5969(1)
081h
069h
MSP430FR5968
081h
068h
MSP430FR5967
081h
067h
MSP430FR5949
081h
061h
MSP430FR5948
081h
060h
MSP430FR5947(1)
081h
05Fh
MSP430FR5959
081h
065h
MSP430FR5958
081h
064h
MSP430FR5957
081h
063h
Table 6-62. Device Descriptor Table MSP430FR59xx(1) (1)
Description
Info Block
Address
Value
Info length
01A00h
06h
01A00h
06h
CRC length
01A01h
06h
01A01h
06h
01A02h
per unit
01A02h
per unit
01A03h
per unit
01A03h
per unit
see Table 6-61
01A04h
see Table 6-61
Device ID
01A04h
01A05h
Hardware revision
01A06h
per unit
01A06h
per unit
Firmware revision
01A07h
per unit
01A07h
per unit
Die Record Tag
01A08h
08h
01A08h
08h
Die Record length
01A09h
0Ah
01A09h
0Ah
01A0Ah
per unit
01A0Ah
per unit
Lot/Wafer ID
Die X position
Die Y position
Test results
(1)
MSP430FR59xx1 (I2C BSL)
Value
CRC value
Die Record
MSP430FR59xx (UART BSL)
Address
01A0Bh
per unit
01A0Bh
per unit
01A0Ch
per unit
01A0Ch
per unit
01A0Dh
per unit
01A0Dh
per unit
01A0Eh
per unit
01A0Eh
per unit
01A0Fh
per unit
01A0Fh
per unit
01A10h
per unit
01A10h
per unit
01A11h
per unit
01A11h
per unit
01A12h
per unit
01A12h
per unit
01A13h
per unit
01A13h
per unit
NA = Not applicable, per unit = content can differ from device to device
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
105
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-62. Device Descriptor Table MSP430FR59xx(1)(1) (continued)
Description
ADC12
Calibration
Address
Value
ADC12 Calibration Tag
01A14h
11h
01A14h
11h
ADC12 Calibration length
01A15h
10h
01A15h
10h
01A16h
per unit
01A16h
per unit
01A17h
per unit
01A17h
per unit
01A18h
per unit
01A18h
per unit
01A19h
per unit
01A19h
per unit
ADC 1.2-V Reference
Temp. Sensor 30°C
01A1Ah
per unit
01A1Ah
per unit
01A1Bh
per unit
01A1Bh
per unit
ADC 1.2-V Reference
Temp. Sensor 85°C
01A1Ch
per unit
01A1Ch
per unit
01A1Dh
per unit
01A1Dh
per unit
ADC 2.0-V Reference
Temp. Sensor 30°C
01A1Eh
per unit
01A1Eh
per unit
01A1Fh
per unit
01A1Fh
per unit
ADC 2.0-V Reference
Temp. Sensor 85°C
01A20h
per unit
01A20h
per unit
01A21h
per unit
01A21h
per unit
ADC 2.5-V Reference
Temp. Sensor 30°C
01A22h
per unit
01A22h
per unit
01A23h
per unit
01A23h
per unit
ADC 2.5-V Reference
Temp. Sensor 85°C
01A24h
per unit
01A24h
per unit
01A25h
per unit
01A25h
per unit
REF Calibration Tag
01A26h
12h
01A26h
12h
REF Calibration length
01A27h
06h
01A27h
06h
01A28h
per unit
01A28h
per unit
01A29h
per unit
01A29h
per unit
01A2Ah
per unit
01A2Ah
per unit
ADC Offset (3)
REF Calibration
REF 1.2-V Reference
REF 2.0-V Reference
REF 2.5-V Reference
(3)
106
MSP430FR59xx1 (I2C BSL)
Value
ADC Gain Factor (2)
(2)
MSP430FR59xx (UART BSL)
Address
01A2Bh
per unit
01A2Bh
per unit
01A2Ch
per unit
01A2Ch
per unit
01A2Dh
per unit
01A2Dh
per unit
ADC Gain: the gain correction factor is measured at room temperature using a 2.5-V external voltage reference without internal buffer
(ADC12VRSEL=0x2, 0x4, or 0xE). Other settings (for example, using internal reference) can result in different correction factors.
ADC Offset: the offset correction factor is measured at room temperature using ADC12VRSEL= 0x2 or 0x4, an external reference,
VR+ = external 2.5 V, VR- = AVSS.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Table 6-62. Device Descriptor Table MSP430FR59xx(1)(1) (continued)
Description
Random Number
MSP430FR59xx1 (I2C BSL)
Value
Address
Value
128-Bit Random Number Tag
01A2Eh
15h
01A2Eh
15h
Random Number Length
01A2Fh
10h
01A2Fh
10h
01A30h
per unit
01A30h
per unit
01A31h
per unit
01A31h
per unit
01A32h
per unit
01A32h
per unit
01A33h
per unit
01A33h
per unit
01A34h
per unit
01A34h
per unit
01A35h
per unit
01A35h
per unit
01A36h
per unit
01A36h
per unit
01A37h
per unit
01A37h
per unit
01A38h
per unit
01A38h
per unit
01A39h
per unit
01A39h
per unit
01A3Ah
per unit
01A3Ah
per unit
128-Bit Random Number (4)
01A3Bh
per unit
01A3Bh
per unit
01A3Ch
per unit
01A3Ch
per unit
01A3Dh
per unit
01A3Dh
per unit
01A3Eh
per unit
01A3Eh
per unit
01A3Fh
per unit
01A3Fh
per unit
BSL Tag
01A40h
1Ch
01A40h
1Ch
BSL length
01A41h
02h
01A41h
02h
BSL Interface
01A42h
00h
01A42h
01h
BSL Interface Configuration
01A43h
00h
01A43h
48h
BSL
Configuration
(4)
MSP430FR59xx (UART BSL)
Address
128-Bit Random Number: The random number is generated during production test using the CryptGenRandom() function from
Microsoft®.
6.13 Identification
6.13.1 Revision Identification
The device revision information is shown as part of the top-side marking on the device package. The
device-specific erratasheet describes these markings. For links to all of the erratasheets for the devices in
this data sheet, see Section 8.2.
The hardware revision is also stored in the Device Descriptor structure in the Info Block section. For
details on this value, see the "Hardware Revision" entries in Section 6.12.
6.13.2 Device Identification
The device type can be identified from the top-side marking on the device package. The device-specific
erratasheet describes these markings. For links to all of the erratasheets for the devices in this data sheet,
see Section 8.2.
A device identification value is also stored in the Device Descriptor structure in the Info Block section. For
details on this value, see the "Device ID" entries in Section 6.12.
6.13.3 JTAG Identification
Programming through the JTAG interface, including reading and identifying the JTAG ID, is described in
detail in the MSP430 Programming Via the JTAG Interface User's Guide (SLAU320).
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
107
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
7 Applications, Implementation, and Layout
7.1
Device Connection and Layout Fundamentals
This section discusses the recommended guidelines when designing with the MSP430. These guidelines
are to make sure that the device has proper connections for powering, programming, debugging, and
optimum analog performance.
7.1.1
Power Supply Decoupling and Bulk Capacitors
It is recommended to connect a combination of a 1-µF plus a 100-nF low-ESR ceramic decoupling
capacitor to each AVCC and DVCC pin. Higher-value capacitors may be used but can impact supply rail
ramp-up time. Decoupling capacitors must be placed as close as possible to the pins that they decouple
(within a few millimeters). Additionally, separated grounds with a single-point connection are recommend
for better noise isolation from digital to analog circuits on the board and are especially recommended to
achieve high analog accuracy.
DVCC
Digital
Power Supply
Decoupling
+
1 µF
100 nF
DVSS
AVCC
Analog
Power Supply
Decoupling
+
1 µF
100 nF
AVSS
Figure 7-1. Power Supply Decoupling
7.1.2
External Oscillator
Depending on the device variant (see Section 3), the device can support a low-frequency crystal (32 kHz)
on the LFXT pins, a high-frequency crystal on the HFXT pins, or both. External bypass capacitors for the
crystal oscillator pins are required.
It is also possible to apply digital clock signals to the LFXIN and HFXIN input pins that meet the
specifications of the respective oscillator if the appropriate LFXTBYPASS or HFXTBYPASS mode is
selected. In this case, the associated LFXOUT and HFXOUT pins can be used for other purposes. If they
are left unused, they must be terminated according to Section 4.8.
Figure 7-2 shows a typical connection diagram.
LFXIN
or
HFXIN
CL1
LFXOUT
or
HFXOUT
CL2
Figure 7-2. Typical Crystal Connection
See the application report MSP430 32-kHz Crystal Oscillators (SLAA322) for more information on
selecting, testing, and designing a crystal oscillator with the MSP430 devices.
108
Applications, Implementation, and Layout
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
7.1.3
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
JTAG
With the proper connections, the debugger and a hardware JTAG interface (such as the MSP-FET or
MSP-FET430UIF) can be used to program and debug code on the target board. In addition, the
connections also support the MSP-GANG production programmers, thus providing an easy way to
program prototype boards, if desired. Figure 7-3 shows the connections between the 14-pin JTAG
connector and the target device required to support in-system programming and debugging for 4-wire
JTAG communication. Figure 7-4 shows the connections for 2-wire JTAG mode (Spy-Bi-Wire).
The connections for the MSP-FET and MSP-FET430UIF interface modules and the MSP-GANG are
identical. Both can supply VCC to the target board (through pin 2). In addition, the MSP-FET and MSPFET430UIF interface modules and MSP-GANG have a VCC sense feature that, if used, requires an
alternate connection (pin 4 instead of pin 2). The VCC-sense feature senses the local VCC present on the
target board (that is, a battery or other local power supply) and adjusts the output signals accordingly.
Figure 7-3 and Figure 7-4 show a jumper block that supports both scenarios of supplying VCC to the
target board. If this flexibility is not required, the desired VCC connections may be hard-wired to eliminate
the jumper block. Pins 2 and 4 must not be connected at the same time.
For additional design information regarding the JTAG interface, see the MSP430 Hardware Tools User’s
Guide (SLAU278).
VCC
Important to connect
MSP430FRxxx
J1 (see Note A)
AVCC/DVCC
J2 (see Note A)
R1
47 kW
JTAG
VCC TOOL
VCC TARGET
2
1
4
3
6
TEST
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
5
8
7
10
9
12
11
14
13
TDO/TDI
TDO/TDI
TDI
TDI
TMS
TCK
TMS
TCK
GND
RST
TEST/SBWTCK
C1
2.2 nF
(see Note B)
A.
B.
AVSS/DVSS
If a local target power supply is used, make connection J1. If power from the debug or programming adapter is used,
make connection J2.
The upper limit for C1 is 2.2 nF when using current TI tools.
Figure 7-3. Signal Connections for 4-Wire JTAG Communication
Applications, Implementation, and Layout
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
109
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
VCC
Important to connect
MSP430FRxxx
J1 (see Note A)
AVCC/DVCC
J2 (see Note A)
R1
47 kΩ
See Note B
JTAG
VCC TOOL
VCC TARGET
2
1
4
3
6
5
8
7
10
9
12
11
14
13
TDO/TDI
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
TCK
GND
TEST/SBWTCK
C1
2.2 nF
See Note B
A.
B.
AVSS/DVSS
Make connection J1 if a local target power supply is used, or make connection J2 if the target is powered from the
debug or programming adapter.
The device RST/NMI/SBWTDIO pin is used in 2-wire mode for bidirectional communication with the device during
JTAG access, and any capacitance that is attached to this signal may affect the ability to establish a connection with
the device. The upper limit for C1 is 2.2 nF when using current TI tools.
Figure 7-4. Signal Connections for 2-Wire JTAG Communication (Spy-Bi-Wire)
7.1.4
Reset
The reset pin can be configured as a reset function (default) or as an NMI function in the Special Function
Register (SFR), SFRRPCR.
In reset mode, the RST/NMI pin is active low, and a pulse applied to this pin that meets the reset timing
specifications generates a BOR-type device reset.
Setting SYSNMI causes the RST/NMI pin to be configured as an external NMI source. The external NMI is
edge sensitive, and its edge is selectable by SYSNMIIES. Setting the NMIIE enables the interrupt of the
external NMI. When an external NMI event occurs, the NMIIFG is set.
The RST/NMI pin can have either a pullup or pulldown that is enabled or not. SYSRSTUP selects either
pullup or pulldown, and SYSRSTRE causes the pullup (default) or pulldown to be enabled (default) or not.
If the RST/NMI pin is unused, it is required either to select and enable the internal pullup or to connect an
external 47-kΩ pullup resistor to the RST/NMI pin with a 2.2-nF pulldown capacitor. The pulldown
capacitor should not exceed 2.2 nF when using devices with Spy-Bi-Wire interface in Spy-Bi-Wire mode or
in 4-wire JTAG mode with TI tools like FET interfaces or GANG programmers.
See the device family user’s guide (SLAU367) for more information on the referenced control registers
and bits.
7.1.5
Unused Pins
For details on the connection of unused pins, see Section 4.8.
110
Applications, Implementation, and Layout
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
7.1.6
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
General Layout Recommendations
•
•
•
•
•
7.1.7
Proper grounding and short traces for external crystal to reduce parasitic capacitance. See the
application report MSP430 32-kHz Crystal Oscillators (SLAA322) for recommended layout guidelines.
Proper bypass capacitors on DVCC, AVCC, and reference pins if used.
Avoid routing any high-frequency signal close to an analog signal line. For example, keep digital
switching signals such as PWM or JTAG signals away from the oscillator circuit.
Refer to the Circuit Board Layout Techniques design guide (SLOA089) for a detailed discussion of
PCB layout considerations. This document is written primarily about op amps, but the guidelines are
generally applicable for all mixed-signal applications.
Proper ESD level protection should be considered to protect the device from unintended high-voltage
electrostatic discharge. See the application report MSP430 System-Level ESD Considerations
(SLAA530) for guidelines.
Do's and Don'ts
It is recommended to power AVCC and DVCC pins from the same source. At a minimum, during power
up, power down, and device operation, the voltage difference between AVCC and DVCC must not exceed
the limits specified in the Absolute Maximum Ratings section. Exceeding the specified limits may cause
malfunction of the device including erroneous writes to RAM and FRAM.
7.2
Peripheral- and Interface-Specific Design Information
7.2.1
ADC12_B Peripheral
7.2.1.1
Partial Schematic
AVSS
Using an
External
Positive
Reference
Using an
External
Negative
Reference
VREF+/VEREF+
+
10 µF
4.7 µF
VEREF+
10 µF
4.7 µF
Figure 7-5. ADC12_B Grounding and Noise Considerations
7.2.1.2
Design Requirements
As with any high-resolution ADC, appropriate printed-circuit-board layout and grounding techniques should
be followed to eliminate ground loops, unwanted parasitic effects, and noise.
Ground loops are formed when return current from the ADC flows through paths that are common with
other analog or digital circuitry. If care is not taken, this current can generate small unwanted offset
voltages that can add to or subtract from the reference or input voltages of the ADC. The general
guidelines in Section 7.1.1 combined with the connections shown in Section 7.2.1.1 prevent this.
In addition to grounding, ripple and noise spikes on the power-supply lines that are caused by digital
switching or switching power supplies can corrupt the conversion result. A noise-free design using
separate analog and digital ground planes with a single-point connection is recommend to achieve high
accuracy.
Applications, Implementation, and Layout
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
111
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
Figure 7-5 shows the recommended decoupling circuit when an external voltage reference is used. The
internal reference module has a maximum drive current as specified in the Reference module's IO(VREF+)
specification.
The reference voltage must be a stable voltage for accurate measurements. The capacitor values that are
selected in the general guidelines filter out the high- and low-frequency ripple before the reference voltage
enters the device. In this case, the 10-µF capacitor is used to buffer the reference pin and filter any lowfrequency ripple. A bypass capacitor of 4.7 µF is used to filter out any high frequency noise.
7.2.1.3
Detailed Design Procedure
For additional design information, see the application report Designing With the MSP430FR58xx, FR59xx,
FR68xx, and FR69xx ADC (SLAA624).
7.2.1.4
Layout Guidelines
Component that are shown in the partial schematic (see Figure 7-5) should be placed as close as possible
to the respective device pins. Avoid long traces, because they add additional parasitic capacitance,
inductance, and resistance on the signal.
Avoid routing analog input signals close to a high-frequency pin (for example, a high-frequency PWM),
because the high-frequency switching can be coupled into the analog signal.
If differential mode is used for the ADC12_B, the analog differential input signals must be routed closely
together to minimize the effect of noise on the resulting signal.
112
Applications, Implementation, and Layout
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
8 Device and Documentation Support
8.1
Device Support
8.1.1
Development Tools Support
All MSP430™ microcontrollers are supported by a wide variety of software and hardware development
tools. Tools are available from TI and various third parties. See them all at www.ti.com/msp430tools.
8.1.1.1
Hardware Features
See the Code Composer Studio for MSP430 User's Guide (SLAU157) for details on the available features.
See the application reports Advanced Debugging Using the Enhanced Emulation Module (EEM) With
Code Composer Studio Version 6 (SLAA393) and MSP430™ Advanced Power Optimizations: ULP
Advisor™ and EnergyTrace™ Technology (SLAA603) for further usage information.
MSP430
Architecture
4-Wire
JTAG
2-Wire
JTAG
Breakpoints
(N)
Range
Breakpoints
Clock
Control
State
Sequencer
Trace
Buffer
LPMx.5
Debugging
Support
Energy
Trace++
MSP430Xv2
Yes
Yes
3
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
EnergyTrace technology is supported with Code Composer Studio version 6.0 and newer. It requires
specialized debugger circuitry, which is supported with the second-generation on-board eZ-FET flash
emulation tool and second-generation standalone MSP-FET JTAG emulator. See the MSP430™
Advanced Power Optimizations: ULP Advisor™ and EnergyTrace™ Technology (SLAA603) application
report, the Code Composer Studio for MSP430 User's Guide (SLAU157), and the MSP430 Hardware
Tools User's Guide (SLAU278) for more detailed information.
8.1.1.2
Recommended Hardware Options
8.1.1.2.1 Target Socket Boards
The target socket boards allow easy programming and debugging of the device using JTAG. They also
feature header pin outs for prototyping. Target socket boards are orderable individually or as a kit with the
JTAG programmer and debugger included. The following table shows the compatible target boards and
the supported packages. See the MSP430 Hardware Tools User's Guide (SLAU278) for board design
information.
Package
Target Board and Programmer Bundle
Target Board Only
48-pin QFN (RGZ)
MSP-FET430U48C
MSP-TS430RGZ48C
8.1.1.2.2 Experimenter Boards
Experimenter Boards and Evaluation kits are available for some MSP430 devices. These kits feature
additional hardware components and connectivity for full system evaluation and prototyping. See
www.ti.com/msp430tools for details.
This device is supported on the MSP430FR5969 LaunchPad Evaluation Kit (MSP-EXP430FR5969).
8.1.1.2.2.1 MSP430FR5969 LaunchPad Evaluation Kit With Sharp® Memory LCD BoosterPack Bundle
The MSP-BNDL-FR5969LCD (MSP-EXP430FR5969 LaunchPad Evaluation Kit with 430BOOSTSHARP96 LCD Display BoosterPack) kit is an easy-to-use Evaluation Module for the MSP430FR5969
microcontroller. It contains everything needed to start developing on a MSP430 FRAM Technology
platform, including on-board emulation for programming and debugging. The board features on-board
buttons and LEDs for quick integration of a simple user interface as well as a SuperCap allowing
standalone RTC operation without an external power supply.
Device and Documentation Support
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
113
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
www.ti.com
8.1.1.2.3 Debugging and Programming Tools
Hardware programming and debugging tools are available from TI and from its third-party suppliers. See
the full list of available tools at www.ti.com/msp430tools.
Part Number
PC Port
Features
Provider
MSP-FET
USB
Fast download and debugging. Supports EnergyTrace++ Technology.
Compatible with 4-wire JTAG and 2-wire Spy-Bi-Wire (SBW) JTAG modes.
Small form factor.
Texas Instruments
MSP-FET430UIF
USB
Legacy interface – superseded by MSP-FET. Compatible with 4-wire JTAG
and 2-wire Spy-Bi-Wire (SBW) JTAG modes.
Texas Instruments
8.1.1.2.4 Production Programmers
The production programmers expedite loading firmware to devices by programming several devices
simultaneously.
Part Number
PC Port
MSP-GANG
Serial and USB
8.1.1.3
Features
Provider
Program up to eight devices at a time. Works with PC or standalone.
Texas Instruments
Recommended Software Options
8.1.1.3.1 Integrated Development Environments
Software development tools are available from TI or from third parties. Open-source solutions are also
available. See the full list of available tools at www.ti.com/msp430tools.
This device is supported by the Code Composer Studio™ IDE (CCS).
See the MSP Debug Stack (MSPDS) landing page (www.ti.com/mspds) for useful information about
debugging tools.
8.1.1.3.2
MSP430Ware™ Software
MSP430Ware software is a collection of code examples, data sheets, and other design resources for all
MSP430 devices delivered in a convenient package. In addition to providing a complete collection of
existing MSP430 design resources, MSP430Ware software also includes a high-level API called MSP430
Driver Library. This library makes it easy to program MSP430 hardware. MSP430Ware software is
available as a component of CCS or as a standalone package.
8.1.1.3.3 Command-Line Programmer
MSP430 Flasher is an open-source, shell-based interface for programming MSP430 microcontrollers
through a FET programmer or eZ430 using JTAG or Spy-Bi-Wire (SBW) communication. MSP430 Flasher
can be used to download binary files (.txt or .hex) files directly to the MSP430 microcontroller without the
need for an IDE.
8.1.2
Device and Development Tool Nomenclature
To designate the stages in the product development cycle, TI assigns prefixes to the part numbers of all
MSP430 MCU devices and support tools. Each MSP430 MCU commercial family member has one of
three prefixes: MSP, PMS, or XMS (for example, MSP430FR59691). Texas Instruments recommends two
of three possible prefix designators for its support tools: MSP and MSPX. These prefixes represent
evolutionary stages of product development from engineering prototypes (with XMS for devices and MSPX
for tools) through fully qualified production devices and tools (with MSP for devices and MSP for tools).
Device development evolutionary flow:
XMS – Experimental device that is not necessarily representative of the final device's electrical
specifications
MSP – Fully qualified production device
114
Device and Documentation Support
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Support tool development evolutionary flow:
MSPX – Development-support product that has not yet completed Texas Instruments internal qualification
testing.
MSP – Fully-qualified development-support product
XMS devices and MSPX development-support tools are shipped against the following disclaimer:
"Developmental product is intended for internal evaluation purposes."
MSP devices and MSP development-support tools have been characterized fully, and the quality and
reliability of the device have been demonstrated fully. TI's standard warranty applies.
Predictions show that prototype devices (XMS) have a greater failure rate than the standard production
devices. Texas Instruments recommends that these devices not be used in any production system
because their expected end-use failure rate still is undefined. Only qualified production devices are to be
used.
TI device nomenclature also includes a suffix with the device family name. This suffix indicates the
package type (for example, PZP) and temperature range (for example, T). Figure 8-1 provides a legend
for reading the complete device name for any family member.
430 FR 5 9691
MSP
I
RGZ
T
Feature Set
Processor Family
430 MCU Platform
Optional: Distribution Format
Device Type
Packaging
Series
AES
Oscillators, ADC Ch, I/O
Processor
Family
MSP = Mixed Signal Processor
XMS = Experimental Silicon
430 MCU
Platform
TI’s 16-bit Low-Power Microcontroller Platform
Device
Type
Memory Type
FR = FRAM
Series
FRAM 5 Series = Up to 16 MHz
Feature
Set
First Digit - AES
9 = AES
8 = No AES
Optional:
Temperature
Range
S = 0°C to 50°C
I = -40°C to 85°C
T = -40°C to 105°C
Optional: Temperature Range
Optional: BSL
FRAM
Second Digit - Oscillators, ADC Channels, I/O
6 = DCO/HFXT/LFXT, 16, 40
5 = DCO/HFXT, 14/12, 33/31
4 = DCO/LFXT, 14/12, 33/31
Packaging
www.ti.com/packaging
Optional:
Distribution
Format
T = Small Reel
R = Large Reel
No Markings = Tube or Tray
Optional:
Additional
Features
-Q1 = Automotive Qualified
-EP = Enhanced Product (-40°C to 105°C)
-HT = Extreme Temperature Parts (-55°C to 150°C)
Third Digit - FRAM (KB)
9 = 64
8 = 48
7 = 32
Optional Fourth Digit - BSL
2
1=IC
No value = UART
NOTE: This figure does not represent a complete list of the available features and options, and does not indicate that all of
these features and options are available for a given device or family.
Figure 8-1. Device Nomenclature – Part Number Decoder
Device and Documentation Support
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
115
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
8.2
www.ti.com
Documentation Support
The following documents describe the MSP430FR59xx devices. Copies of these documents are available
on the Internet at www.ti.com.
8.2.1
SLAU367
MSP430FR58xx, MSP430FR59xx, MSP430FR68xx, MSP430FR69xx Family User's Guide.
Detailed description of all modules and peripherals available in this device family.
SLAZ473
MSP430FR5969 Device Erratasheet. Describes the known exceptions to the functional
specifications for each silicon revision of this device.
SLAZ601
MSP430FR59691 Device Erratasheet. Describes the known exceptions to the functional
specifications for each silicon revision of this device.
SLAZ472
MSP430FR5968 Device Erratasheet. Describes the known exceptions to the functional
specifications for each silicon revision of this device.
SLAZ471
MSP430FR5967 Device Erratasheet. Describes the known exceptions to the functional
specifications for each silicon revision of this device.
SLAZ469
MSP430FR5959 Device Erratasheet. Describes the known exceptions to the functional
specifications for each silicon revision of this device.
SLAZ468
MSP430FR5958 Device Erratasheet. Describes the known exceptions to the functional
specifications for each silicon revision of this device.
SLAZ467
MSP430FR5957 Device Erratasheet. Describes the known exceptions to the functional
specifications for each silicon revision of this device.
SLAZ465
MSP430FR5949 Device Erratasheet. Describes the known exceptions to the functional
specifications for each silicon revision of this device.
SLAZ464
MSP430FR5948 Device Erratasheet. Describes the known exceptions to the functional
specifications for each silicon revision of this device.
SLAZ463
MSP430FR5947 Device Erratasheet. Describes the known exceptions to the functional
specifications for each silicon revision of this device.
SLAZ602
MSP430FR59471 Device Erratasheet. Describes the known exceptions to the functional
specifications for each silicon revision of this device.
Related Links
Table 8-1 lists quick access links. Categories include technical documents, support and community
resources, tools and software, and quick access to sample or buy.
Table 8-1. Related Links
PARTS
PRODUCT FOLDER
SAMPLE & BUY
TECHNICAL
DOCUMENTS
TOOLS &
SOFTWARE
SUPPORT &
COMMUNITY
MSP430FR5969
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
MSP430FR59691
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
MSP430FR5968
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
MSP430FR5967
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
MSP430FR5959
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
MSP430FR5958
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
MSP430FR5957
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
MSP430FR5949
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
MSP430FR5948
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
MSP430FR5947
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
MSP430FR59471
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
116
Device and Documentation Support
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
MSP430FR5969, MSP430FR59691, MSP430FR5968, MSP430FR5967
MSP430FR5959, MSP430FR5958, MSP430FR5957
MSP430FR5949, MSP430FR5948, MSP430FR5947, MSP430FR59471
www.ti.com
8.2.2
SLAS704E – OCTOBER 2012 – REVISED MARCH 2015
Community Resources
The following links connect to TI community resources. Linked contents are provided "AS IS" by the
respective contributors. They do not constitute TI specifications and do not necessarily reflect TI's views;
see TI's Terms of Use.
TI E2E™ Community
TI's Engineer-to-Engineer (E2E) Community. Created to foster collaboration among engineers. At
e2e.ti.com, you can ask questions, share knowledge, explore ideas, and help solve problems with fellow
engineers.
TI Embedded Processors Wiki
Texas Instruments Embedded Processors Wiki. Established to help developers get started with embedded
processors from Texas Instruments and to foster innovation and growth of general knowledge about the
hardware and software surrounding these devices.
8.3
Trademarks
EnergyTrace++, MSP430, Code Composer Studio, MSP430Ware, E2E are trademarks of Texas
Instruments.
Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
8.4
Electrostatic Discharge Caution
This integrated circuit can be damaged by ESD. Texas Instruments recommends that all integrated circuits be handled with
appropriate precautions. Failure to observe proper handling and installation procedures can cause damage.
ESD damage can range from subtle performance degradation to complete device failure. Precision integrated circuits may be more
susceptible to damage because very small parametric changes could cause the device not to meet its published specifications.
8.5
Export Control Notice
Recipient agrees to not knowingly export or re-export, directly or indirectly, any product or technical data
(as defined by the U.S., EU, and other Export Administration Regulations) including software, or any
controlled product restricted by other applicable national regulations, received from disclosing party under
nondisclosure obligations (if any), or any direct product of such technology, to any destination to which
such export or re-export is restricted or prohibited by U.S. or other applicable laws, without obtaining prior
authorization from U.S. Department of Commerce and other competent Government authorities to the
extent required by those laws.
8.6
Glossary
SLYZ022 — TI Glossary.
This glossary lists and explains terms, acronyms, and definitions.
9 Mechanical, Packaging, and Orderable Information
9.1
Packaging Information
The following pages include mechanical, packaging, and orderable information. This information is the
most current data available for the designated devices. This data is subject to change without notice and
revision of this document. For browser-based versions of this data sheet, refer to the left-hand navigation.
Mechanical, Packaging, and Orderable Information
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5969 MSP430FR59691 MSP430FR5968 MSP430FR5967 MSP430FR5959
MSP430FR5958 MSP430FR5957 MSP430FR5949 MSP430FR5948 MSP430FR5947 MSP430FR59471
Copyright © 2012–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
117
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM
www.ti.com
9-Jan-2015
PACKAGING INFORMATION
Orderable Device
Status
(1)
Package Type Package Pins Package
Drawing
Qty
Eco Plan
Lead/Ball Finish
MSL Peak Temp
(2)
(6)
(3)
Op Temp (°C)
Device Marking
(4/5)
MSP430FR59471IRHAR
ACTIVE
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR59471
MSP430FR59471IRHAT
ACTIVE
VQFN
RHA
40
250
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR59471
MSP430FR5947IDA
ACTIVE
TSSOP
DA
38
40
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR5947
MSP430FR5947IDAR
ACTIVE
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR5947
MSP430FR5947IRHAR
ACTIVE
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR5947
MSP430FR5947IRHAT
ACTIVE
VQFN
RHA
40
250
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR5947
MSP430FR5948IDA
ACTIVE
TSSOP
DA
38
40
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR5948
MSP430FR5948IDAR
ACTIVE
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR5948
MSP430FR5948IRHAR
ACTIVE
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR5948
MSP430FR5948IRHAT
ACTIVE
VQFN
RHA
40
250
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR5948
MSP430FR5949IDA
ACTIVE
TSSOP
DA
38
40
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR5949
MSP430FR5949IDAR
ACTIVE
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR5949
MSP430FR5949IRHAR
ACTIVE
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR5949
MSP430FR5949IRHAT
ACTIVE
VQFN
RHA
40
250
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR5949
MSP430FR5957IDA
ACTIVE
TSSOP
DA
38
40
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR5957
MSP430FR5957IDAR
ACTIVE
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR5957
MSP430FR5957IRHAR
ACTIVE
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR5957
Addendum-Page 1
Samples
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM
www.ti.com
Orderable Device
9-Jan-2015
Status
(1)
(1)
Package Type Package Pins Package
Drawing
Qty
Eco Plan
Lead/Ball Finish
MSL Peak Temp
(2)
(6)
(3)
Op Temp (°C)
Device Marking
(4/5)
MSP430FR5957IRHAT
ACTIVE
VQFN
RHA
40
250
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR5957
MSP430FR5958IDA
ACTIVE
TSSOP
DA
38
40
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR5958
MSP430FR5958IDAR
ACTIVE
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR5958
MSP430FR5958IRHAR
ACTIVE
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR5958
MSP430FR5958IRHAT
ACTIVE
VQFN
RHA
40
250
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR5958
MSP430FR5959IDA
ACTIVE
TSSOP
DA
38
40
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR5959
MSP430FR5959IDAR
ACTIVE
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR5959
MSP430FR5959IRHAR
ACTIVE
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR5959
MSP430FR5959IRHAT
ACTIVE
VQFN
RHA
40
250
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR5959
MSP430FR5967IRGZR
ACTIVE
VQFN
RGZ
48
2500
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR5967
MSP430FR5967IRGZT
ACTIVE
VQFN
RGZ
48
250
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR5967
MSP430FR5968IRGZR
ACTIVE
VQFN
RGZ
48
2500
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR5968
MSP430FR5968IRGZT
ACTIVE
VQFN
RGZ
48
250
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR5968
MSP430FR59691IRGZR
ACTIVE
VQFN
RGZ
48
2500
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR59691
MSP430FR59691IRGZT
ACTIVE
VQFN
RGZ
48
250
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR59691
MSP430FR5969IRGZR
ACTIVE
VQFN
RGZ
48
2500
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR5969
MSP430FR5969IRGZT
ACTIVE
VQFN
RGZ
48
250
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
FR5969
The marketing status values are defined as follows:
Addendum-Page 2
Samples
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM
www.ti.com
9-Jan-2015
ACTIVE: Product device recommended for new designs.
LIFEBUY: TI has announced that the device will be discontinued, and a lifetime-buy period is in effect.
NRND: Not recommended for new designs. Device is in production to support existing customers, but TI does not recommend using this part in a new design.
PREVIEW: Device has been announced but is not in production. Samples may or may not be available.
OBSOLETE: TI has discontinued the production of the device.
(2)
Eco Plan - The planned eco-friendly classification: Pb-Free (RoHS), Pb-Free (RoHS Exempt), or Green (RoHS & no Sb/Br) - please check http://www.ti.com/productcontent for the latest availability
information and additional product content details.
TBD: The Pb-Free/Green conversion plan has not been defined.
Pb-Free (RoHS): TI's terms "Lead-Free" or "Pb-Free" mean semiconductor products that are compatible with the current RoHS requirements for all 6 substances, including the requirement that
lead not exceed 0.1% by weight in homogeneous materials. Where designed to be soldered at high temperatures, TI Pb-Free products are suitable for use in specified lead-free processes.
Pb-Free (RoHS Exempt): This component has a RoHS exemption for either 1) lead-based flip-chip solder bumps used between the die and package, or 2) lead-based die adhesive used between
the die and leadframe. The component is otherwise considered Pb-Free (RoHS compatible) as defined above.
Green (RoHS & no Sb/Br): TI defines "Green" to mean Pb-Free (RoHS compatible), and free of Bromine (Br) and Antimony (Sb) based flame retardants (Br or Sb do not exceed 0.1% by weight
in homogeneous material)
(3)
MSL, Peak Temp. - The Moisture Sensitivity Level rating according to the JEDEC industry standard classifications, and peak solder temperature.
(4)
There may be additional marking, which relates to the logo, the lot trace code information, or the environmental category on the device.
(5)
Multiple Device Markings will be inside parentheses. Only one Device Marking contained in parentheses and separated by a "~" will appear on a device. If a line is indented then it is a continuation
of the previous line and the two combined represent the entire Device Marking for that device.
(6)
Lead/Ball Finish - Orderable Devices may have multiple material finish options. Finish options are separated by a vertical ruled line. Lead/Ball Finish values may wrap to two lines if the finish
value exceeds the maximum column width.
Important Information and Disclaimer:The information provided on this page represents TI's knowledge and belief as of the date that it is provided. TI bases its knowledge and belief on information
provided by third parties, and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of such information. Efforts are underway to better integrate information from third parties. TI has taken and
continues to take reasonable steps to provide representative and accurate information but may not have conducted destructive testing or chemical analysis on incoming materials and chemicals.
TI and TI suppliers consider certain information to be proprietary, and thus CAS numbers and other limited information may not be available for release.
In no event shall TI's liability arising out of such information exceed the total purchase price of the TI part(s) at issue in this document sold by TI to Customer on an annual basis.
Addendum-Page 3
PACKAGE MATERIALS INFORMATION
www.ti.com
25-Mar-2015
TAPE AND REEL INFORMATION
*All dimensions are nominal
Device
MSP430FR59471IRHAR
Package Package Pins
Type Drawing
VQFN
RHA
40
MSP430FR59471IRHAT
VQFN
RHA
MSP430FR5947IDAR
TSSOP
DA
MSP430FR5947IRHAR
VQFN
MSP430FR5947IRHAT
VQFN
SPQ
Reel
Reel
A0
Diameter Width (mm)
(mm) W1 (mm)
B0
(mm)
K0
(mm)
P1
(mm)
W
Pin1
(mm) Quadrant
6.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
2500
330.0
16.4
6.3
40
250
180.0
16.4
6.3
6.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
38
2000
330.0
24.4
8.6
13.0
1.8
12.0
24.0
Q1
RHA
40
2500
330.0
16.4
6.3
6.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
RHA
40
250
180.0
16.4
6.3
6.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
MSP430FR5948IDAR
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
330.0
24.4
8.6
13.0
1.8
12.0
24.0
Q1
MSP430FR5948IRHAR
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
330.0
16.4
6.3
6.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
MSP430FR5948IRHAT
VQFN
RHA
40
250
180.0
16.4
6.3
6.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
MSP430FR5949IDAR
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
330.0
24.4
8.6
13.0
1.8
12.0
24.0
Q1
MSP430FR5949IRHAR
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
330.0
16.4
6.3
6.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
MSP430FR5949IRHAT
VQFN
RHA
40
250
180.0
16.4
6.3
6.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
MSP430FR5957IDAR
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
330.0
24.4
8.6
13.0
1.8
12.0
24.0
Q1
MSP430FR5957IRHAR
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
330.0
16.4
6.3
6.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
MSP430FR5957IRHAT
VQFN
RHA
40
250
180.0
16.4
6.3
6.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
MSP430FR5958IDAR
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
330.0
24.4
8.6
13.0
1.8
12.0
24.0
Q1
MSP430FR5958IRHAR
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
330.0
16.4
6.3
6.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
MSP430FR5958IRHAT
VQFN
RHA
40
250
180.0
16.4
6.3
6.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
MSP430FR5959IDAR
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
330.0
24.4
8.6
13.0
1.8
12.0
24.0
Q1
Pack Materials-Page 1
PACKAGE MATERIALS INFORMATION
www.ti.com
25-Mar-2015
Device
Package Package Pins
Type Drawing
SPQ
Reel
Reel
A0
Diameter Width (mm)
(mm) W1 (mm)
B0
(mm)
K0
(mm)
P1
(mm)
W
Pin1
(mm) Quadrant
MSP430FR5959IRHAR
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
330.0
16.4
6.3
6.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
MSP430FR5959IRHAT
VQFN
RHA
40
250
180.0
16.4
6.3
6.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
MSP430FR5967IRGZR
VQFN
RGZ
48
2500
330.0
16.4
7.3
7.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
MSP430FR5967IRGZT
VQFN
RGZ
48
250
180.0
16.4
7.3
7.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
MSP430FR5968IRGZR
VQFN
RGZ
48
2500
330.0
16.4
7.3
7.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
MSP430FR5968IRGZT
VQFN
RGZ
48
250
180.0
16.4
7.3
7.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
MSP430FR59691IRGZR
VQFN
RGZ
48
2500
330.0
16.4
7.3
7.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
MSP430FR59691IRGZT
VQFN
RGZ
48
250
180.0
16.4
7.3
7.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
MSP430FR5969IRGZR
VQFN
RGZ
48
2500
330.0
16.4
7.3
7.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
MSP430FR5969IRGZT
VQFN
RGZ
48
250
180.0
16.4
7.3
7.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
*All dimensions are nominal
Device
Package Type
Package Drawing
Pins
SPQ
Length (mm)
Width (mm)
Height (mm)
MSP430FR59471IRHAR
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
367.0
367.0
38.0
MSP430FR59471IRHAT
VQFN
RHA
40
250
210.0
185.0
35.0
MSP430FR5947IDAR
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
367.0
367.0
45.0
MSP430FR5947IRHAR
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
367.0
367.0
38.0
MSP430FR5947IRHAT
VQFN
RHA
40
250
210.0
185.0
35.0
MSP430FR5948IDAR
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
367.0
367.0
45.0
MSP430FR5948IRHAR
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
367.0
367.0
38.0
Pack Materials-Page 2
PACKAGE MATERIALS INFORMATION
www.ti.com
25-Mar-2015
Device
Package Type
Package Drawing
Pins
SPQ
Length (mm)
Width (mm)
Height (mm)
MSP430FR5948IRHAT
VQFN
RHA
40
250
210.0
185.0
35.0
MSP430FR5949IDAR
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
367.0
367.0
45.0
MSP430FR5949IRHAR
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
367.0
367.0
38.0
MSP430FR5949IRHAT
VQFN
RHA
40
250
210.0
185.0
35.0
MSP430FR5957IDAR
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
367.0
367.0
45.0
MSP430FR5957IRHAR
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
367.0
367.0
38.0
MSP430FR5957IRHAT
VQFN
RHA
40
250
210.0
185.0
35.0
MSP430FR5958IDAR
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
367.0
367.0
45.0
MSP430FR5958IRHAR
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
367.0
367.0
38.0
MSP430FR5958IRHAT
VQFN
RHA
40
250
210.0
185.0
35.0
MSP430FR5959IDAR
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
367.0
367.0
45.0
MSP430FR5959IRHAR
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
367.0
367.0
38.0
MSP430FR5959IRHAT
VQFN
RHA
40
250
210.0
185.0
35.0
MSP430FR5967IRGZR
VQFN
RGZ
48
2500
367.0
367.0
38.0
MSP430FR5967IRGZT
VQFN
RGZ
48
250
210.0
185.0
35.0
MSP430FR5968IRGZR
VQFN
RGZ
48
2500
367.0
367.0
38.0
MSP430FR5968IRGZT
VQFN
RGZ
48
250
210.0
185.0
35.0
MSP430FR59691IRGZR
VQFN
RGZ
48
2500
367.0
367.0
38.0
MSP430FR59691IRGZT
VQFN
RGZ
48
250
210.0
185.0
35.0
MSP430FR5969IRGZR
VQFN
RGZ
48
2500
367.0
367.0
38.0
MSP430FR5969IRGZT
VQFN
RGZ
48
250
210.0
185.0
35.0
Pack Materials-Page 3
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Texas Instruments Incorporated and its subsidiaries (TI) reserve the right to make corrections, enhancements, improvements and other
changes to its semiconductor products and services per JESD46, latest issue, and to discontinue any product or service per JESD48, latest
issue. Buyers should obtain the latest relevant information before placing orders and should verify that such information is current and
complete. All semiconductor products (also referred to herein as “components”) are sold subject to TI’s terms and conditions of sale
supplied at the time of order acknowledgment.
TI warrants performance of its components to the specifications applicable at the time of sale, in accordance with the warranty in TI’s terms
and conditions of sale of semiconductor products. Testing and other quality control techniques are used to the extent TI deems necessary
to support this warranty. Except where mandated by applicable law, testing of all parameters of each component is not necessarily
performed.
TI assumes no liability for applications assistance or the design of Buyers’ products. Buyers are responsible for their products and
applications using TI components. To minimize the risks associated with Buyers’ products and applications, Buyers should provide
adequate design and operating safeguards.
TI does not warrant or represent that any license, either express or implied, is granted under any patent right, copyright, mask work right, or
other intellectual property right relating to any combination, machine, or process in which TI components or services are used. Information
published by TI regarding third-party products or services does not constitute a license to use such products or services or a warranty or
endorsement thereof. Use of such information may require a license from a third party under the patents or other intellectual property of the
third party, or a license from TI under the patents or other intellectual property of TI.
Reproduction of significant portions of TI information in TI data books or data sheets is permissible only if reproduction is without alteration
and is accompanied by all associated warranties, conditions, limitations, and notices. TI is not responsible or liable for such altered
documentation. Information of third parties may be subject to additional restrictions.
Resale of TI components or services with statements different from or beyond the parameters stated by TI for that component or service
voids all express and any implied warranties for the associated TI component or service and is an unfair and deceptive business practice.
TI is not responsible or liable for any such statements.
Buyer acknowledges and agrees that it is solely responsible for compliance with all legal, regulatory and safety-related requirements
concerning its products, and any use of TI components in its applications, notwithstanding any applications-related information or support
that may be provided by TI. Buyer represents and agrees that it has all the necessary expertise to create and implement safeguards which
anticipate dangerous consequences of failures, monitor failures and their consequences, lessen the likelihood of failures that might cause
harm and take appropriate remedial actions. Buyer will fully indemnify TI and its representatives against any damages arising out of the use
of any TI components in safety-critical applications.
In some cases, TI components may be promoted specifically to facilitate safety-related applications. With such components, TI’s goal is to
help enable customers to design and create their own end-product solutions that meet applicable functional safety standards and
requirements. Nonetheless, such components are subject to these terms.
No TI components are authorized for use in FDA Class III (or similar life-critical medical equipment) unless authorized officers of the parties
have executed a special agreement specifically governing such use.
Only those TI components which TI has specifically designated as military grade or “enhanced plastic” are designed and intended for use in
military/aerospace applications or environments. Buyer acknowledges and agrees that any military or aerospace use of TI components
which have not been so designated is solely at the Buyer's risk, and that Buyer is solely responsible for compliance with all legal and
regulatory requirements in connection with such use.
TI has specifically designated certain components as meeting ISO/TS16949 requirements, mainly for automotive use. In any case of use of
non-designated products, TI will not be responsible for any failure to meet ISO/TS16949.
Products
Applications
Audio
www.ti.com/audio
Automotive and Transportation
www.ti.com/automotive
Amplifiers
amplifier.ti.com
Communications and Telecom
www.ti.com/communications
Data Converters
dataconverter.ti.com
Computers and Peripherals
www.ti.com/computers
DLP® Products
www.dlp.com
Consumer Electronics
www.ti.com/consumer-apps
DSP
dsp.ti.com
Energy and Lighting
www.ti.com/energy
Clocks and Timers
www.ti.com/clocks
Industrial
www.ti.com/industrial
Interface
interface.ti.com
Medical
www.ti.com/medical
Logic
logic.ti.com
Security
www.ti.com/security
Power Mgmt
power.ti.com
Space, Avionics and Defense
www.ti.com/space-avionics-defense
Microcontrollers
microcontroller.ti.com
Video and Imaging
www.ti.com/video
RFID
www.ti-rfid.com
OMAP Applications Processors
www.ti.com/omap
TI E2E Community
e2e.ti.com
Wireless Connectivity
www.ti.com/wirelessconnectivity
Mailing Address: Texas Instruments, Post Office Box 655303, Dallas, Texas 75265
Copyright © 2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated